Prasanna

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What was Guru Angad Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
What did Guru Angad Dev Ji do for the development of Sikh Panth?
Or
Write five achievements of Guru Angad Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
1. Popularisation of Gurmukhi: Guru Angad Dev Ji’s first significant effort for the development of Sikhism was the popularisation of Gurmukhi script. Guru Angad Dev Ji improved and polished it. Now it became very easy even for common people to understand it. This script was also instrumental in rapid spread of education among the Sikhs.

2. Expansion of Langar System: Langar system was introduced by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji expanded it. In his time, the langar was managed by his wife Mata Khivi Ji. All people ate food in Langar collectively without any „ consideration of sex, caste or creed. Money for the Langar was given by the Sikhs to the Guru. This institution strengthened feelings of co-operation and fraternity among the Sikhs.

3. Organisation of Sangat: Guru Angad Dev Ji organised institution of Sangat more effectively founded by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The ‘Sangat’ means ‘sitting together collectively’. All people (male or female) could take part in it. The Sangat was considered to be a replica of God. The Sangat met every morning and evening to listen to the Bani (hymn) of the Guru. This institution helped a lot in the success of Sikh missionary work.

4. Denunciation of the Udasi Sect: Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. This sect laid emphasis on ‘Sanyas’ or renunciation. Many people began to join the Udasi sect. Thus, the Udasi sect posed a formidable challenge to Sikhism. Therefore, Guru Angad Dev Ji made it clear in unequivocal terms that Sikhism was essentially a religion of householders and no true Sikh could be an Udasi. Thus, Guru Angad Dev Ji succeeded in preserving the purity and originality of Sikh religion.

5. Foundation of Goindwal Sahib: Guru Angad Dev Ji founded a new town named Goindwal Sahib near Khadur Sahib and thus accomplished another very significant step for the development of Sikhism. The town began to be built in 1546 A.D. Guru Angad Dev Ji made one of his devoted followers Amar Das fully responsible for this project. This town soon became a place of pilgrimage for the Sikhs.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 2.
What contribution was made by Guru Angad Dev Ji to improve Gurmukhi script?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji took the first important step towards the consolidation of Sikhism by popularising the Gurmukhi script. Although Gurmukhi script had come into being well before Guru Angad Dev Ji anybody could get confused by reading it. So Guru Angad Dev Ji made requisite improvements in this script and gave it a new look. As a result, it became easy for people to understand it. All the Sikh scriptures were subsequently written in this script.

As this script became popular, the Brahman class suffered a major setback because they considered Sanskrit as the only language of religion. The popularity of Gurmukhi proved helpful in the spread of Sikhism.’ This script reminds the Sikhs of their duty towards Guru. This script also proved very helpful in the spread of education among the Sikhs. Besides, a separate identity of the Sikhs from Hindus could be established. Undoubtedly the spread of the Gurmukhi script gave a new impetus to the development of Sikhism.

Question 3.
Write a short note on the importance of Sangat and Pangat.
Or
What do you know about Sangat?
Or
What do you mean by Pangat or Langar?
Answer:
1. Sangat: Sangat means a congregation of the Sikhs. This Sangat gathered in the morning and evening to listen to the Bani (Hymns) teachings of Guru Ji. This institution of Sangat was established by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji developed it further. Any man or woman could join the Sangat without the discrimination of caste, creed, or religion. Sangat was considered as God’s incarnation. Undoubtedly, this institution proved very significant in the development of Sikhism.

2. Pangat: Pangat or Langar was established by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji continued it and Guru Amar Das Ji further developed this institution. The Mughal emperor Akbar and the King of Haripur also had partaken Langar before meeting Guru Amar Das Ji. Langar was open for people of all religions and castes. The contribution of Langar was significant for the spread of Sikhism. This institution greatly helped in eradicating the caste system and untouchability in society. As a result of this institution, a feeling of mutual brotherhood developed among the Sikhs.

Question 4.
What problems had Guru Amar Das to face in the early years of his pontificate?
Answer:
1. Opposition of Dasu and Datu: Soon after Guru Amar Das Ji succeeded to the Guruship, he had to face the opposition from both the sons of Guru Angad Dev Ji, Dasu and Datu. They refused to recognise Guru Amar Das Ji as the Guru. In spite of provocation Guru Amar Das Ji showed utmost tolerance and humbleness.The Sikhs refused to consider them to be their Guru.

2. Opposition of Baba Sri Chand Ji: Baba Sri Chand Ji was the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and he considered himself to be the rightful successor to Guruship. Baba Sri Chand Ji had many followers. Guru Amar Das Ji showed great wisdom at this occasion. He clarified to the Sikhs that the principles of Udasi sect were totally against the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The Sikhs were convinced by his reasoning and logic. So, they left Baba Sri Chand Ji.

3. Opposition by the Muslims of Goindwal Sahib: The Muslims of Goindwal Sahib grew jealous of increasing popularity of Guru Amar Das Ji. They began to harass the Sikhs in many ways. They stole the belongings of the Sikhs. They pelted stones at the earthen pitchers in which the Sikhs brought water from the Beas and often broke them. Whenever the Sikhs complained about it to Guru Ji, he advised them to remain calm.

4. Opposition by the Hindus: Many Hindus were joining Sikhism as a result of the social reforms undertaken by Guru Amar Das Ji. Sikhism laid emphasis on social equality. All the people were Served Langar without any discrimination. The Sikhs had got a separate place of pilgrimage with the construction of a Baoli. The high caste Hindus of Goindwal Sahib complained to the Mughal emperor Akbar that Guru Amar Das Ji was propagating against Hinduism. After meeting Bhai jetha, Akbar declared that all charges against Guru Amar Das Ji were baseless.

Question 5.
Give an account of the development of Sikhism under Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Write down the five services done by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikh religion.
Or
Give five contributions of Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
1. Construction of the Baoli at Goindwal Sahib: The first significant step undertaken by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikhism was the construction of a Baoli at Goindwal Sahib. The construction work of the Baoli was started in 1552 A.D. and it was completed in 1559 A.D. Eighty-four steps were built to reach the Baoli. The construction of Baoli Sahib gave the Sikhs a place of pilgrimage of their own.

2. Expansion of Langar Institution: Guru Nanak Dev Ji started the institution of Langar. Guru Amar Das Ji expanded it greatly. Guru Amar Das Ji declared that no visitor could meet him unless he had taken the Langar. Mughal emperor Akbar and the ruler of Haripur had partaken the Langar in the Pangat before meeting Guru Amar Das Ji. It was open for people of every religion and caste. The institution of Langar proved much helpful in the propagation of Sikhism. It gave a shattering blow to the caste System.

3. Manji System: The establishment of Manji system was one of the most important works of Guru Amar Das Ji. During his Guruship, the number of the followers of Sikhism had increased considerably. Thus, it became impossible for Guru Amar Das Ji to reach every Sikh. So, he established twenty-two Manjis to convey the message of Sikhism in far off areas.

4. Denunciation of the Udasi Sect: The Udasi sect once again began to gain strength during the time of Guru Amar Das Ji. Many Sikhs were becoming Udasis, as they were impressed by the ascetism of Baba Sri Chand Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji showed considerable courage at this juncture. He left no stone unturned to explain to the Sikhs that Udasi sect was totally different from Sikhism. Thus, Guru Amar Das Ji saved Sikhism from being merged into Hinduism.

5. Social Reforms: Guru Amar Das Ji was a great social reformer. He launched a frontal attack on the caste system and Sati system. Guru Amar Das Ji vigorously opposed child marriage and the purdah systeifl. He was in favour of widow re-marriage. Besides, he introduced new (special) rituals for the Sikhs to be observed on occasions of birth, marriage and death. Thus, Guru Amar Das Ji founded a new society.

Question 6.
What was the importance of the construction of the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib in Sikh History?
Answer:
The first significant step undertaken by Guru Amar Das for the development of Sikhism was the construction of a Baoli at Goindwal Sahib. The construction work of the Baoli was started in 1552 A.D. and it was completed in 1559 A.D, Guru Ji had two objectives in its construction. First, he wanted to give the Sikhs a separate place of pilgrimage so that they could be separated from the Hindus. Secondly, he wanted to solve the water problem of the people of that place. Eighty four steps were built to reach the Baoli. After its construction was over, Guru Ji declared, “Whoever would attentively and reverently repeat the Japji on every step after a bath in the Baoli would escape from the wandering in the wombs of the 84 lakhs of living creatures.” The construction of Baoli Sahib proved a very important step in the development of Sikhism. It gave the Sikhs a place of pilgrimage of their own.

Question 7.
Describe briefly the social reforms of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Describe five reforms of Sri Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Discuss the social reforms introduced by Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Why is Guru Amar Das Ji called a social Reformer?
Or
Give an account of the five major social reforms of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
1. Denunciation of Caste Distinctions and Untouchabilities: Guru Amar Das Ji condemned the social evils like caste system and untouchability with strong words. He made it compulsory for each visitor to eat food in Langar before Guru’s darshan. He thus spread the message of universal brotherhood of mankind.

2. Denunciation of Female Infanticide: Bu$h of girl child was considered an ill-omen. The girls were mostly killed at the t^e of birth. Guru Amar Das Ji condemned this evil vehemently. He told that person, who kills girl child, is a sinner. He preached to Sikhs to do away with this evil.

3. Denunciation of Child Marriage: In that period, girls were married at a very young age. Thds the life of women was very deplorable. Therefore, Guru Amar Das Ji preached against child marriage.

4. Denunciation of Sati System: The worst evil of that time was Sati system. According to this inhuman system, if husband of any woman died, then she was forced to burn herself with her husband’s pyre. Guru Amar Das Ji raised his powerful voice against this century old system.

5. Denunciation of Purdah System: Purdah system was quite rampacnt at that time. This system was a great hindrance in the physical and mental growth of women. Therefore, Guru Amar Das Ji criticized this system, openly. He forbade the use of purdah.

Question 8.
What was the Manji System? How did it contribute in the development of Sikhism?
Or
What do you know about Manji System?
Or
Write a note on Manji System.
Answer:
The Manji system played a commendable role in the development of Sikhism. Guru Amar Das Ji was the founder of this important institution. A brief description of the origin and development of the Manji system is as given ahead:

1. Necessity: On account of the great efforts made by Guru Amar Das Ji, people in large numbers embraced Sikhism. Because the number of Sikhs had increased tremendously and they were spread out within and outside Punjab, hence it had become difficult for Guru Ji to personally approach them. Secondly, Guru Amar Das Ji had grown quite old by that time. Due to his growing age, it was difficult for Guru Ji to preach ip distant areas. Hence, Guru Amar Das Ji felt the need to start the Manji system.

2. Meaning of Manji System: While preaching, Guru Amar Das Ji sat on a huge cot. It was called Manja. The other Sikhs either sat on the floor or on mats to listen to his sermons. Guru Ji established 22 Manjis during his lifetime. Their heads were called the Manjidars. These Manjidars in order to show their respect towards Guru Ji used a small cot called Manji. For this reason, this institution came to be known as the Manji system.

3. Functions of the Manjidar: The Manjidar represented the Guru in the area under him. He was responsible for several types of works

  • He worked tirelessly for the propagation of Sikhism.
  • He conveyed the Hukams of Guru Ji to the Sangat.
  • He imparted religious education to the people,
  • He taught Gurmukhi to people,
  • He visited Guru Ji at least once in a year with the Sangat of his region at Goindwal Sahib,

4. Importance of Manji System: The Manji system made a valuable contribution towards the development and organization of Sikhism. This helped in the propagation of Sikhism to distant areas. Due to the influence of the Manjidars, people joined Sikhism in large numbers. It had far-reaching effects. The Manjidars collected money for langar and other works from the Sikhs besides the propagation of religion. Guru Amar Das Ji spent this money for the development of Sikhism. It greatly enhanced the popularity of Sikhism.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 9.
What type of relations did Guru Amar Das Ji have with the Mughals?
Or
Explain the relations between Mughal emperor Akbar and Guru Amar Das Ji,
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji had good relations with the Mughals. At that time Akbar was the Mughal ruler of India. As a result of Guru Amar Das Ji’s prayer, Akbar had succeeded in the expedition of Chittor. So Akbar came to Goindwal Sahib to convey his gratitude towards Guru Ji in 1568 A.D. He ate Langar with other people before meeting Guru Ji and complied with the tradition of partaking food in the Langar. He was very impressed by the personality of Guru Ji and the Langar system. He offered a few villages as Jagir for the conduct of Langar. The offer was declined by Guru Ji, In short, Akbar’s visit to Goindwal Sahib not only enhanced the prestige of Guru Amar Das but it also made Sikhism more popular.

Question 10.
Give the five contributions of Guru Ram Das Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
Explain the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to the growth of Sikhism.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to Sikh religion?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji retained the Guruship from 1574 to 1581 A.D. Although, his tenure of Guruship was very short, yet he took many significant steps for the organisation and development of Sikhism.

1. Foundation of Ramdaspura: The most important contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji towards the Sikh Panth was the foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar. After assuming the Guruship, he himself settled here. In 1577 A.D. he founded Ramdaspura. He settled fifty two other traders, belonging to different trades, at this place in order to make it popular and attract people. The market formed by these traders came to be known as ‘Guru Ka Bazaar’. The foundation of Amritsar Occupies an important place in the history of Sikhism.

2. Introduction of Masand System: Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging work of two Sarovars (Amritsar and Santokhsar) at Ramdaspura. He needed money to complete this work. So, he sent his representatives to different places to collect money from the Sikhs and to propagate Sikhism. This institution later came to be known as Masand system. It contributed a lot to the spread of Sikhism.

3. Reconciliation with the Udasis: Another important event relating to jthe pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji was his reconciliation with Udasis. Once Baba Sri Chand Ji, the founder of Udasi sect visited Amritsar to see Guru Ram Das Ji. Baba Sri Chand Ji was so much impressed by Guru’s modesty and humility that he gave up opposing Sikhism from that day. This reconciliation between the Sikhs and the Udasis proved very useful for the Sikh Panth.

4. Some other Important Works: Guru Ram Das Ji did some other important works also for the development of Sikhism. He maintained the tradition of composing hymns. Guru Ram Das Ji composed 679 Sabads. He composed four Lawans . He further consolidated the institutions of Pangat, Sangat and Manji system. Guru Ram Das Ji also condemned in strong words such social evils as caste-system, sati system, child marriage, denial of widow re-marriage.

5. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Friendly relations between the Sikhs and Mughal emperor Akbar continued during his tenure of Guruship. Guru Ram Das Ji had met Akbar at Lahore. He was much impressed by Guru Ram Das Ji’s personality. So, he donated 500 Bighas of land to Guru Ram Das Ji.
Besides, he remitted one year’s land revenue of the farmers of the Punjab on recommendation of Guru Ram Das Ji. All this added to the fame and prestige of Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 11.
What is the importance of the foundation of Ramdaspura (Amritsar) in Sikh History?
Answer:
The most important contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji towards the Sikh Panth was the foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar. After assuming Guruship, he himself settled here. In 1577 AJD. he founded Ramdaspura. He settled fifty two other traders belonging to different trades at this place in order to make it popular and attract people. The market formed by these traders came to be known as ‘Guru Ka Bazaar’. It soon became a famous trade centre. Guru Ji planned to construct two sarovars (tanks) Amritsar and Santokhsar at Ramdaspura. First, the digging of the Amritsar sarovar was started. Baba Buddha Ji was entrusted to look after this project. Later on the name of Ramdaspura came to be knpwn as Amritsar. The foundation of Amritsar occupies an important place in the history of Sikhism. It gave them a separate place of pilgrimage which soon developed into the most famous centre of religious propagation.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 12.
Write a note on Udasi Sect.
Or
Write a brief note on Baba Sri Chand Ji.
Answer:
1. Baba Sri Chand Ji. The Udasi sect wa%founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Many Sikhs, impressed by the asceticism of Sri Chand, began to join Udasi sect which stressed the life of aloofness or renunciation. On the other hand Guru Nanak was in favour of family life.’ The other principles of Udasi sect were in tune with the principles of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Under such circumstances, it was feared that the Sikhs might forget the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and adopt Udasi sect.

2. Guru Angad Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji had strongly opposed the Udasi sect. He said that a true Sikh could not be an Udasi.

3. Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji too strongly opposed the Udasi sect.

4. Guru Ram Das Ji. During the pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji a reconciliation was made with Udasis. Once Baba Sri Chand Ji, the founder of Udasi sect visited Amritsar to see Guru Ram Das Ji. Baba Sri Chand Ji felt much ashamed at this and withdrew his feet. Baba Sri Chand Ji was so much impressed by Guru’s modesty and humility that he gave up opposing Sikhism from that day. This reconciliation between the Sikhs and the Udasis proved very useful for the Sikh Panth.

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
What do you know about the early career of Guru Angad Dev Ji? Explain briefly.
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji was the second Guru of the Sikhs. His period of pontificate was from 1539 to 1552 A.D. A brief description of his early career is as under:

1. Birth and Parentage: The original name of Guru Angad Dev Ji was Bhai Lehna Ji. He was born in a village named Matte Di Sarai on 31st March 1504 A.D. His father’s name was Pheru Mai, who was a Trihun Khatri. His mother Sabhrai Devi was a religious minded lady. Her religious thoughts had a deep influence on Bhai Lehna Ji.

2. Childhood and Marriage: When Bhai Lehna Ji grew young he helped his father in his profession. At the age of 15 years, he was married to Bibi Khivi, the daughter of Devi Chand of the same village. In due course of time, Bhai Lehna was blessed with two daughters Bibi Amro and Bibi Anokhi and two sons Datu and Dasu. In 1526 A.D., Babar sacked Matte Di Sarai, so Pheru Mai along with his family shifted to Khadur Sahib, a village in Amritsar district. Soon after, Pheru Mai died and therefore the entire responsibility to run his family fell upon the shoulders of Bhai Lehna Ji.

3. Bhai Lehna Ji Becomes the Disciple of Guru Nanak Dev Ji: Before meeting Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Bhai Lehna Ji was a devotee of Mata Durga. He used to visit Jawalamukhi (in Kangra district) every year along with a group of devotees (Jatha) One day he heard in Khadur Sahib, the recitation of ‘Asa Di Var^from Bhai Jodha, Bhai Lehna Ji was so much stirred by it that he determined to meet Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Thus, when he set out for the pilgrimage of Jawalamukhi with his group of devotees next year, he stopped on the way at Kartarpur to meet Guru Nanak Dev Ji. He was so much overwhelmed and awed by the great personality and teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji that he felt his destination was at hand. Therefore, Bhai Lehna Ji became a follower of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and spent his life in the service of the Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

4. Assumption of Guruship: Bhai Lehna Ji served Guru Nanak Dev Ji dedicatedly and with full devotion. Guru Nanak Dev Ji put his disciple to hard tests from time to time. Bhai Lehna Ji passed all these tests. Guru Nanak Dev Ji decided to ordain Guruship to Bhai Lehna, as he was fully satisfied with his true devotion and endless affection. So, he placed one coconut and five paise before Bhai Lehna Ji and greeted him and appointed him as his successor. Guru Nanak Dev Ji named him (Bhai Lehna Ji) ‘Angad’ because he considered him a part of his own body. It happened on 7th September, 1539 A.D. The appointment of Guru Angad Dev Ji by Guru Nanak Dev Ji as his successor is considered one of the most important events of Sikh history. If Guru Nanak Dev Ji had not done so before leaving for his heavenly abode, Sikhism undoubtedly would gradually have ceased to exist. G.C. Narang aptly says,

“Had Nanak died without a successor, there would have been no Sikhism today.”

Development Of Sikhism Under Guru Angad Dev Ji:

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 2.
What was the contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the development of Sikhism? Explain.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the early development of Sikhism?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji became the second Guru of the Sikhs in 1539 AD. and retained Guruship till 1552 AD. At the time of his attaining Guruship, Sikhism was facing many dangers. It was feared that Sikhism might merge in Hinduism. The second danger to Sikhism was from the Udasis. The Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji,the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Naturally many Sikhs were joining the Udasi sect*. Under such circumstances constant vigil was needed to safeguard the interests of the Sikhs. Guru Angad Dev Ji not only succeeded in removing all the hurdles in the path of Sikhism, but also in consolidating it. The significant contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the.development of Sikhism can be described as under:

1. Popularisation of Gurmukhi: Guru Angad Dev Ji’s first significant effort for the development of Sikhism was the popularisation of Gurmukhi script. Guru Angad Dev Ji improved and polished it. Now it became very easy even for common people to understand it. All the religious books of Sikhism Were written in it. Its very name ‘Gurmukhi’ (an utterance of words from the Guru’s mouth) reminded the Sikhs of their duties towards the Guru and constantly kept alive in their minds the consciousness that they were something distinct from the common mass of Hinduism. This script was also instrumental in rapid spread of education among the Sikhs. Besides, the introduction of this script gave a severe blow to the supremacy of the BrahmAnswer: who recognised Sanskrit as the only religious language. Undoubtedly, the popularisation of Gurmukhi proved most significant in the development of Sikhism. According to H.S. Bhatia and S.R. Bakshi, “Guru Angad Dev Ji gave the Sikhs a written language different from the language of the Hindus and Muslims and thus made them realise that they were separate people.”

2. Collection of Hymns: The collection of the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji was the second great work of Guru Angad Dev Ji. Guru Nanak Dev Ji had composed many hymns, but these hymns (Bani) lay scattered at many places. Guru Angad Dev Ji collected all the hymns at one place. According to Sikh traditions, Guru Angad Dev Ji summoned Bhai Bala, a devotee of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and got a Janam Sakhi written by Bhai Peda Mokha on Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s life. This Janam Sakhi is known as Bhai Bala’s Janam Sakhi. Some historians are of the view that this Janam Sakhi was written later on. Guru Angad himself composed Bani in the name of ‘Nanak’. In this way, firstly, Guru Angad Dev Ji preserved the original form of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s hymns and saved it from distortion. Secondly, Guru Angad Dev Ji prepared the basis for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib Ji.

3. Expansion of Langar System: Langar system was introduced by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji expanded it. In his time, the langar was managed by his wife Mata Khivi Ji. All people ate food in Langar collectively without any consideration of sex, caste or creed. Money for the Langar was given by the Sikhs to the Guru. This institution strengthened feelings of co-operation and fraternity among the Sikhs. It also gave a shattering blow to the caste system among the Hindus. The habit of charity was developed by it among the Sikhs. It provided a powerful aid in propaganda work. It helped a lot to make Sikhism popular. Prof. Harbans Singh, a famous historian, rightly remarks, “This served as an instrument of a far-reaching social revolution.”

4. Organisation of Sangat: Guru Angad Dev Ji organised institution of Sangat more effectively founded by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The ‘Sangat’ means ‘sitting together collectively’. All people (male or female) could take part in it. The Sangat was considered to be a replica of God. The Sangat met every morning and evening to listen to the Bani (hymn) of the Guru. This institution not only brought the Sikhs under one banner but it also helped a lot in the success of Sikh missionary wprk.

5. Denunciation of the Udasi Sect: Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. This sect laid emphasis on ‘Sanyas’ or renunciation. It also believed in yoga and worship of nature. Many people began to join the Udasi sect. Thus, the Udasi sect posed a formidable challenge to Sikhism. Therefore, Guru Angad Dev Ji made it clear in unequivocal terms that Sikhism was essentially a religion of householders and no true Sikh could be an Udasi. This action of the Guru Angad Dev Ji brought rich dividends. Udasism could not become the mass movement. Thus, Guru Angad Dev Ji succeeded in preserving the purity and originality of Sikh religion.

6. Physical Training: Guru Angad Sahib was of the view that just as it is essential to recite Nam to cleans the Atma, similarly, it is necessary to do exercise for the fitness of the body. He held the view that a sound mind develops in a sound body. With this object in view, he built a wrestling ground at Khadur Sahib. Thus, Guru Angad Sahib laid the foundation of the martial spirit, which in the times of the sixth and the tenth Gurus blossomed into the Khalsa.

7. Foundation of Goindwal Sahib: Guru Angad Dev Ji founded a new town named Goindwal Sahib near Khadur Sahib and thus accomplished another very significant step for the development of Sikhism. The town began to be built in 1546 A.D. Guru Angad Dev Ji made one of his devoted followers Amar Das fully responsible for this project. This town soon became a place of pilgrimage for the Sikhs.

8. Meeting with Humayun: In 1540 A.D. Sher Shah Suri gave a crushing defeat to Mughal Emperor Humayun at Kanauj. After the defeat, Humayun reached Punjab and came to Khadur Sahib for Guru Angad Dev Ji’s blessings. At that moment’ Guru Angad Dev Ji was in deep meditation, so he did not open his eyes. Humayun felt insulted and drew out his sword in anger. Suddenly, at that very moment, Guru Angad Dev Ji opened his eyes and said to Humayun, “Where was this sword that you have unsheathed against me during the battle with Sher Shah Suri?” On hearing these words, Humayun felt very much ashamed and prayed for his pardon. Thereafter, Humayun, sought Guru Angad Dev Ji’s blessings. Guru Angad Dev Ji gave his blessings to Humayun and said that he would have to wait for some time for his folly and thereafter he would regain the throne. This prediction of Guru Angad Dev Ji was proved true.

9. Nomination of the Successor: The greatest service rendered by Guru Angad Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism was the nomination of his successor. After deep and prolonged thinking and consideration, Guru Angad Dev Ji chose his most faithful disciple Amar Das for nomination to the highest post of Guruship. Guru Angad Dev Ji placed one coconut and five pjaise before Amar Das and bowed his head. Thus, Amar Das Ji was appointed the third Guru of the Sikhs. By doing so, Guru Angad Dev Ji took a step of far reaching consequence. Guru Angad Dev Ji Immersed in Eternal Light on 29 March, 1552 A.D.

10. Estimate of Guru Angad Dev Ji’s Achievements: Guru Angad Dev Ji took many important steps for the development of Sikhism during his Guruship. He rendered a great service to the Sikh Panth by popularising Gurmukhi, collecting Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s hymns, expanding Sangat and Pangat, separating the Udasi sect from Sikhism, founding Goindwal Sahib and appointing his successor. K.S. Duggal, a famous historian, estimates the achievements of Guru Angad Dev Ji in the following words,

“ It is amazing how much Guru Angad Dev Ji could achieve in the short time at his disposal.”
According to another famous historian S.S. Johar,
“The pontificate of Guru Angad Dev Ji is indeed a turning point in the history of Sikh faith.”

Question 3.
Describe in brief the life and achievements of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
Or
Discuss the life and contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Note:—For answer to this question students may refer to Question No. 1 and 2.

Early Career And Difficulties Of Guru Amar Das Ji:

Question 4.
Give a brief account of the early career and difficulties of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
A brief account of the early career and difficulties of Guru Amar Das Ji is as under:
1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Amar Das Ji was born in Basarke village of Amritsar district on 5th May, 1479 AD. His father Tej Bhan belonged to Bhalla family of Khatri caste. He was rich. No definite information is available about his mother’s actual name. The various sources gives her name as Bakhat Kaur, Roop Kaur and Lakshmi, Sulakhni.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Nothing is known of Guru Amar Das Ji’s childhood except that he was religiously inclined. On coming of age, he took over his father’s profession. As his parents were followers of the Vaishnav sect, he also became a follower of Vaishnavism. At the age of 24 years, he was married to Mansa Devi, daughter of Devi Chand. He was blessed with two sons Baba Mohan and Baba Mohri and two daughters Bibi Dani and Bibi Bhani.

3. Becoming Guru Angad Sahib’s Disciple: Once, when he was returning from Haridwar’s pilgrimage, he met a Sadhu on the way. Both of them took food together. Afterwards, the Sadhu enquired, “Who is your Guru” (spiritual leader)?” Amar Das replied, “ I have none, I am in search of one, but have not found as yet.” The Sadhu exclaimed with sorrow, “ What! have I been associating with a person who hath no Guru. Oh man ! thou hast polluted all my sanctity. All my vows, austerities, fasts and penances have been rendered fruitless. As for thyself all thy charities are of no avail. These sixty two years thou hast passed in vain.” Amar Das was dumb-founded at this behaviour of the Sadhu. So he resolved to have a Guru.

One day, Amar Das heard the Bani of Guru Nanak Dev Ji from Bibi Amro. He was greatly impressed by the Bani. Therefore, Amar Das decided to meet Guru Angad Dev Ji. Soon, he visited Khadur Sahib along with Bibi Amro. He was so much impressed by Guru Angad Dev Ji that he became his follower. He was 62 years old at this time.

4. Assumption of Guruship: After becoming a follower of Quru Angad De Ji, Amar Das Ji started living at Khadur Sahib. He served Guru Angad Dev Ji dedicatedly for about eleven years. He used to bring water for Guru Angad Dev Ji’s bath daily, carrying it on his head from the river Beas, situated three miles away from there. He served the Sangat (people coming to see Guru Angad Dev Ji) and the Langar whole-heartedly.

One day, in January 1552 A.D. when Amar Das was returning from the Beas carrying water on his head as usual, he stumbled in the dark and fell down. There was a weaver’s hut near by. On hearing the thud sound, the weaver woke up and asked who was there. His wife, who had also awoken, by now, replied that it must be Amru Nithawan (who has no place to take shelter). The word reached Guru Angad Dev Ji gradually. He honoured Amar Das and declared that from then onward, Amar Das Ji would no longer remain without shelter (Nithawan). Instead he would provide shelter to the shelterless, on 16 March, 1552 A.D., Guru Angad Dev Ji placed five paisas and one coconut before Amar Das and bowed his head before him. Thus, Amar Das Ji became the third Guru of the Sikhs. Guru Amar Das Ji was 73 years old at that time.

5. Early Difficulties of Guru Amar Das Ji: After assuming Guruship, Guru Amar Das Ji shifted from Khadur Sahib to Goindwal Sahib as per instructions from Guru Angad Dev Ji. In the beginning of his pontificate Guru Amar Das Ji had to face many difficulties. A brief description of these difficulties is given below:

(1) Opposition of Dasu and Datu: Soon after Guru Amar Das Ji succeeded to the Guruship, he had to face the opposition from both the sons of Guru Angad Dev Ji, Dasu and Datu. They refused to recognise Guru Amar Das Ji as the Guru. They used to ask how a water carrier to their house till yesterday could become their Guru. One day in a fit of anger, Datu went to Goindwal Sahib and kicked Guru Amar Das Ji in the presence of the Sangat. As a result of this Guru Amar Das Ji fell down from his seat. In spite of provocation Guru Amar Das Ji showed utmost tolerance and humbleness. After this incident, Guru Amar Das Ji left Goindwal Sahib and returned to his village Basarke. The Sikhs refused to consider Datu to be their Guru. Finally, he retreated to Khadur Sahib with extreme disappointment. Guru Amar Das Ji once again came to Goindwal Sahib on the request of Baba Buddha Ji and other Sikh Sangat.

(2) Opposition of Baba Sri Chand Ji: Baba Sri Chand Ji was the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and he considered himself to be the rightful successor to Guruship. He did not oppose Guru Angad Dev Ji, because Guru Nanak Dev Ji himself had appointed him (Guru Angad Dev Ji) the Guru. But, after Guru Angad Dev Ji, he tried to get his father’s Guruship. Baba Sri Chand Ji had many followers. Guru Amar Das Ji showed great wisdom at this occasion. He clarified to the Sikhs that the principles of Udasi sect were totally against the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The Sikhs were convinced by his reasoning and logic. So, they left Baba Sri Chand Ji. In this way, Guru Amar Das Ji separated the Sikhs from Udasi sect for ever.

(3) Opposition by the Muslims of Goindwal Sahib: The Muslims of Goindwal Sahib grew jealous of increasing popularity of Guru Amar Das Ji. They began to harass the Sikhs in many ways. They stole the belongings of the Sikhs. They pelted stones at the earthen pitchers in which the Sikhs brought water from the Beas and often broke them. Whenever the Sikhs complained about it to Guru Ji, he advised them to remain calm. Once some armed men came to that village. The Muslims picked up a quarrel with them over some matter. A fight took place between the two parties and as a result of which many Muslims were killed. This incident greatly impressed the Sikhs. They thought that God had punished the Muslims for their misdeeds. Thus, their faith in Sikhism became stronger.

(4) Opposition by the Hindus: Many Hindus were joining Sikhism as a result of the social reforms undertaken by Guru Amar Das Ji. Sikhism laid emphasis on social equality. All the people were served Langar without any discrimination. The Sikhs had got a separate place of pilgrimage with the construction of a Baoli. The high caste Hindus of Goindwal Sahib complained to the Mughal emperor Akbar that Guru Amar Das Ji was propagating against Hinduism. Akbar summoned Guru Amar Das Ji to his court to investigate into the charges levelled against Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji sent his most competent follower Bhai Jetha Ji to the Mughal court. After meeting Bhai Jetha, Akbar declared that all charges against Guru Amar Das Ji were baseless. It spread Guru Amar Des Ji’s fame in all corners and gave a great boost to Sikhism.

Development Of Sikhism Under Guru Amar Das Ji:

Question 5.
Describe the contribution of Guru Amar Das Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Amar Das Ji in the development of Sikhism?
Or
Describe the services rendered by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikh religion.
Or
What were the measures taken by Guru Amar Das Ji for the consolidation and expansion of Sikhism?
Or
Describe in brief the organisatonal development and spread of Sikhism by Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji was the third Guru of the Sikhs. He retained Guruship from 1552 to 1574 AD. When Guru Amar Das Ji assumed Guruship, the Sikh Panth was passing through a critical juncture. Guru Nanak Dev Ji had left for his heavenly abode only thirteen years ago. No doubt, many significant steps had been undertaken for the development of Sikhism in this short period, but still there remained much to be done in this regard. Guru Amar Das Ji continued the work started by Guru Angad Dev Ji for organisation and development of Sikhism and established many new institutions and traditions.

1. Construction of the Baoli at Goindwal Sahib: The first significant step undertaken by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikhism was the construction of a Baoli at Goindwal Sahib. The construction work of the Baoli was started in 1552 A.D. and it was completed in 1559 A.D. Eighty-four steps were built to reach the Baoli. After its construction was over, Guru Ji declared, “Whoever would attentively and reverently repeat the Japji on every step after a bath in the baoli would escape from the wandering in the wombs of the 84 lakhs of living creatures.”

The construction of Baoli Sahib gave the Sikhs a place of pilgrimage of their own and it helped in separating the Sikhs from the common mass of the Hindus. Moreover, the prestige and prosperity of Goindwal Sahib enormously increased. In the words of H.S. Bhatia and S.R. Bakshi, “The pontificate of Guru Amar Das Ji is thus a turning point in the history of the Sikh movement.”

2. Expansion of Langar Institution: Guru Nanak Dev Ji started the institution of Langar. Guru Amar Das Ji expanded it greatly. Guru Amar Das Ji declared that no visitor could meet him unless he had taken the Langar. He gave the injunction, “Pehle Pangat, pachhe Sangat” (First eat together and then meet together.) Mughal emperor Akbar and the ruler of Haripur had partaken the Langar in the Pangat before meeting Guru Amar Das Ji. It was open for people of every religion and caste. The Langar was served till late at night. The remaining food was thrown to birds aSid animals. The institution of Langar proved much helpful in the propagation of Sikhism. It gave a shattering blow to the caste system and developed a feeling of brotherhood among the Sikhs. According to Dr. Fauja Singh,
“This institution gave a shattering blow to the rigidity of the caste system and paved the way for social equality.”

3. Collection of Hymns: The next important work of Guru Amar Das Ji was to collect the hymns (Bani) of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Guru Angad Dev Ji. He himself composed 907 Sabads (hymns). It prepared the basis for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib.

4. Manji System: The establishment of Manji system was one of the most important works of Guru Amar Das Ji. During his Guruship, the number of the followers of Sikhism had increased considerably. Thus, it became impossible for Guru Amar Das Ji to reach every Sikh. So, he established twenty-two Manjis to convey the message of Sikhism in far off areas. It should be kept in mind that Guru Amar Das Ji did not establish all the Manjis at one time. Instead, the process continued throughout his Guruship. The head of every Manji was called Manjidar. These Manjidars appealed to more and more people to join Sikhism. As the Manjidars used to sit on Manji (the cot) while preaching, the system came to be known as Manji system in history. It made tangible contribution to the development and progress of Sikhism. According to D.S. Dhillon,
“The establishment of Manji system gave a big thrust to the missionary activities of the Sikhs.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji Img 1

5. Denunciation of the Udasi Sect: The Udasi sect once again began to gain strength during the time of Guru Amar Das Ji. Many Sikhs were becoming Udasis, as they were impressed by the ascetism of Baba Sri Chand Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji showed considerable courage at this juncture. He left no stone unturned to explain to the Sikhs that Udasi sect was totally different from Sikhism. He clarified that Sikhism taught normal family life and to earn one’s livelihood by the sweat of one’s brow, whereas the Udasi sect taught to escape one’s social responsibilities and wander in the forests in search of salvation by running away from the world. As a result of indefatigable efforts made by Guru Amar Das Ji, the Sikhs broke away from the Udasi sect for ever. Thus, Guru Amar Das Ji saved Sikhism from being merged into Hinduism.

6. Social Reforms: Guru Amar Das Ji was a great social reformer. He wanted to give a new form to the social set up of the Sikhs. Guru Amar Das Ji launched a frontal attack on the caste system and untouchability. He made it compulsory for each visitor to eat food in the Langar, before he was allowed to have Guru’s darshan. In this way, Guru Amar Das Ji laid emphasis on the universal brotherhood of mankind. Guru Amar Das Ji also condemned the sati system vehemently. He said, “They are not satis who are burnt alive on the pyres; rather satis are they who die of the blow of separation.” Guru Amar Das Ji vigorously opposed child marriage and the purdah system. He was in favour of widow re-marriage. Guru Amar Das Ji laid stress on inter¬caste marriages. He strongly forbade the use of narcotics. Besides, he introduced new (special) rituals for the Sikhs to be observed on occasions of birth, marriage and death. Thus, Guru Amar Das Ji founded a new society.

7. Akbar’s visit to Goindwal Sahib: Mughal emperor Akbar visited Goindwal Sahib in 1568 A.D. In accordance with the practice then established by the Guru Akbar first took the Langar before he met Guru Amar Das Ji. He was deeply impressed by the Langar system and Guru Amar Das Ji’s personality. He offered some villages as Jagir to meet the expenses of the Langar. Guru Amar Das Ji refused this offer. This visit of Akbar is of special significance in the history of the Sikh religion. People were greatly impressed by it. They joined Sikhism in large numbers. The Sikh Panth gained more popularity.

8. Nomination of the Successor: In 1574 A.D. Guru Amar Das Ji decided to nominate Bhai Jetha Ji as his successor, before he immersed with Immortal. Bhai Jetha Ji was the son-in-law of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji was so much impressed by the humbleness and devotional service of Bhai Jetha Ji and his wife Bibi Bhani, that he not only appointed Bhai Jetha as his successor, but also blessed that in future Guruship would remain in their family. Guru Amar Das Ji immersed in Eternal Light on 1 September, 1574 A.D. at Goindwal Sahib.

9. Estimate of Guru Amar Das Ji’s Achievements: Sikhism made multifaceted development under the efficient leadership of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji gave the Sikhs a new place of pilgrimage. He expanded the Langar system. He collected the hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Guru Angad Dev Ji and he himself composed hymns. In this way, he prepared the ground for the compilation of Adi Granth Sahib. He condemned in unequivocal terms the empty rituals prevalent in the Hindu society and opposed the Udasi sect. He, thus, gave the Sikhs a separate entity. In fact, under the able and benign guidance of Guru Amar Das Ji, Sikhism passed through a remarkable transformation. That is why the pontificate of Guru Amar Das Ji is considered a milestone in the history of the Sikh Panth. According to Dr. Sangat Singh, a noted historian,
“Under Guru Amar Das, Sikhism made rapid strides.”
According to another famous historian, Dr. D.S. Dhillon,
“Guru Amar Das’s contribution to the growth of the Sikh Panth was great.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Social Reforms Of Guru Amar Das Ji:

Question 6.
Examine the social reforms of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
“Guru Amar Das Ji was a great social reformer.” Discuss.
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji was a great social reformer in the Sikh history. He wanted to give a new form to the social set up of the Sikhs. He wanted to relieve them of complex rules of medieval period and to establish universal brotherhood of mankind. The brief explanation of social reforms*of Guru Amar Das Ji is as given below:

1. Denunciation of Caste Distinctions and Untouchabilities: Guru Amar Das Ji condemned the social evils like caste system and untouchability with strong words. He was of the opinion that those people are fool and illiterate, who have an ego of higher caste. He made it compulsory for each visitor to eat food in Langar before Guru’s darshan. Besides, he got common wells dug for every caste to use and thus spread message of universal brotherhood of mankind.

2. Denunciation of Female Infanticide: Birth of girl child was considered an ill-omen. The girls were mostly killed at the time of birth. Guru Amar Das Ji condemned this evil vehemently. He told that person, who kills girl child, is a sinner. He preached to Sikhs to do away with this evil.

3. Denunciation of Child Marriage: In that period, girls were married at a very young age. Thus the life of women was very deplorable. Therefore, Guru Amar Das Ji preached against child marriage.

4. Denunciation of Sati System: The worst evil of that time was Sati system. According to this inhuman system, if husband of any woman died, then she was forced to bum herself with her husband’s pyre. Guru Amar Das Ji raised his powerful voice against this century old system. He said, “They are not satis, who are burnt alive on the pyres, rather satis are those, who die of the blow of separation of their husbands.”

5. Denunciation of Purdah System: Purdah system was quite rampant at that time. This system was a great hindrance in the physical and mental growth of women. Therefore, Guru Amar Das Ji criticized this system, openly. He forbade the use of purdah.

6. Prohibition of Intoxicants: At that time society was deteriorating rapidly due to increase in use of alcohol and narcotics. Guru Amar Das Ji strongly condemned this evil. He told that all types of narcotics destroy intelligence, so the distinction between friend and foe cannot be done. A person should not consume such things which let him forget his God.

7. Favoured Widow Marriage: A widow had to live a miserable life. They were not allowed to re-marry. The life of a widow was like hell. Guru Amar Das Ji said that we should respect widows and emphasised on re-marriage of child widow.

8. New Ceremonies .related to Birth, Marriage and Death: Hindu rituals prevalent at the time of birth, marriage and death were very complex and detailed. Guru Amar Das Ji introduced new rituals to be observed at time of birth, marriage and death, which were very simple. He composed ‘Anand Sahib’ having 40 stanzas to be sung at such occasions.

9. New Mode of Celebrating Festivals: Guru Amar Das Ji asked Sikhs to celebrate Baisakhi, Magi and Diwali in a new mode. On these three occasions Sikhs used to visit Goindwal Sahib in huge numbers. This step of Guru Amar Das Ji, proved a milestone in popularizing Sikhism. Famous historian Dr. B.S. Nijjar has aptly said,
“Social reforms started by Guru Amar Das Ji should be considered as a turning point in the history of Sikhism.”

Question 7.
Describe the life and achievements of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
What were the difficulties faced by Guru Amar Das Ji at the time of his accession? Discuss the steps taken by him to consolidate and expand Sikhism.
Answer:
Note: For answer to this question students may refer to Question Nos. 5 and 6.

Question 8.
Examine the development of Sikhism from 1539 to 1574 A.D.
Or
Describe the contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji and Guru Amar Das Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
Note: For answer to this question students may refer to Question Nos. 2 and 5.

Life And Achievements Of Guru Ram Das Ji:

Question 9. Write an informative note on the life History of the fourth Guru Ram Das Sahib and his contribution to the Sikh faith and the organisation of the Sikh Panth.
Or
Write a detailed note on the development of Sikhism under Guru Ram Das Ji.
Or
Describe the life and achievements of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Or
Describe the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji in the development of Sikhism.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to the development of Sikh History?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji was the fourth Guru of the Sikhs. He remained on Gurgaddi from 1574 to 1581 A.D. During his pontificate there was made considerable progress fh the consolidation and development of Sikhism. A brief description of early life of Guru Ram Das Ji and the development of Sikhism under him is as under:
Early Career of Guru Ram Das Ji

1. Birth and Parentage: Guru Ram Das Ji was born at Chuna Mandi in Lahore on 24th September, 1534 AD. His childhood name was Bhai Jetha Ji. His father Hari Das belonged to Sodhi family of Kashatriya caste. The name of his mother was Daya Kaur. His parents were very poor.

2. Childhood and Marriage: Bhai Jetha Ji was of a very religious disposition from his childhood. Once his mother sent him to the market to sell boiled grams. Some hungry saints met him on the way. Bhai Jetha Ji was very kind-hearted. He served all the grams to the hungry saints and came back home empty-handed. He was always ready to serve the people. Once he got a chance to visit Goindwal Sahib in the company of a group of Sikhs. Here he became the disciple of Guru Amar Das Ji. Guru Amar Das Ji was greatly impressed by the devotion and qualities of Bhai Jetha Ji. So, in 1553 A.D., when Bhai Jetha Ji was 19 years old, Guru Amar Das Ji married his younger daughter, Bibi Bhani, to him. Bhai Jetha Ji was blessed with three sons, Prithi Chand (Prithia), Mahadev and Arjan Dev.

3. Assumption of Guruship: Even after his marriage Bhai Jetha Ji lived at Goindwal Sahib and continued doing service as usual. Selfless service, humility and the sweet nature of Bhai Jetha Ji had a profound effect on Guru Amar Das Ji.

So, he nominated Bhai Jetha Ji as his successor to the Guruship in 1574 A.D. From then onward Bhai Jetha Ji was called Ram Das. Thus, Guru Ram Das Ji became the fourth Guru of the Sikhs. Development of Sikhism Under Guru Ram Das Ji Guru Ram Das Ji retained the Guruship from 1574 to 1581 A.D. Although, his tenure of Guruship was very short, yet he took many significant steps for the organisation and development of Sikhism.

1. Foundation of Ramdaspura: The most important contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji towards the Sikh Panth was the foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar. After assuming the Guruship, he himself settled here. In 1577 A.D. he founded Ramdaspura. He settled fifty two other traders, belonging to different trades, at this place in order to make it popular and attract people. The market formed by these traders came to be known as ‘Guru Ka Bazaar’. Guru Ram Das Ji planned to construct two sarovars (tanks) Amritsar and Santokhsar at Ramdaspura. At first, the digging of Amritsar sarovar was started. Baba Buddha Ji was entrusted to look after this project. Later on the name of Ramdaspura came to be known as Amritsar. The foundation of Amritsar occupies an important place in the history of Sikhism. It gave the Sikhs a separate place of pilgrimage which soon developed into the most famous centre of religious propagation.

2. Introduction of Masand System: Guru Ram Das Ji had started the digging work of two Sarovars (Amritsar and Santokhsar) “at Ramdaspura. He needed money to complete this work. So, he sent his representatives to different places to collect money from the Sikhs and to propagate Sikhism. This institution later came to be known as Masand system. It contributed a lot to the spread of Sikhism in remote places. According to S.S. Gandhi, “Masand system played a big role in consolidating Sikhism.”

3. Reconciliation with the Udasis: Another important event relating to the pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji was his reconciliation with Udasis. Once Baba Sri Chand Ji, the founder of Udasi sect visited Amritsar to see Guru Ram Das Ji. Baba Sri Chand Ji was so much impressed by Guru’s modesty and humility that he gave up opposing Sikhism from that day. This reconciliation between the Sikhs and the Udasis proved very useful for the Sikh Panth.

4. Some other Important Works: Guru Ram Das Ji did some other important works also for the development of Sikhism. He maintained the tradition of composing hymns. Guru Ram Das Ji composed 679 Sabads. He introduced a new system of marriage among the Sikhs by circumambulation (Lawan) around Granth Sahib four times. Guru Ram Das Sahib composed four Lawans in this respect. He further consolidated the institutions of Pangat, Sangat and Manji system. Guru Ram Das Ji also condemned in strong words such social evils as caste-system, sati system, child marriage, denial of widow re-marriage.

5. Friendly Relations with Akbar: Friendly relations between the Sikhs and Mughal emperor Akbar continued during his tenure of Guruship. Guru Ram Das Ji had met Akbar at Lahore. He was much impressed by Guru Ram Das Ji’s personality. So, he remitted one year’s land revenue to the farmers of the Punjab on recommendation of Guru Ram Das Ji. All this added to the fame and prestige of Guru Ram Das Ji.

6. Nomination of the Successor: In 1581 A.D., Guru Ram Das Ji nominated his youngest son Arjan Dev as his successor. The reason for this nomination was clear. Prithia or Prithi Chand, the eldest son of Guru Ram Das Ji had annoyed him because of his conspiracies. His second son, Mahadev, was not interested in worldly affairs. Thus, the youngest son, Arjan Dev was considered competent for the Guruship from every angle. Guru Ram Das Ji immersed with Immortal on 1 September, 1581 A.D.

7. Estimate of Achievements of Guru Ram Dass Ji: Although the period of Guruship of Guru Ram Das Ji was seven years Qnly, he succeeded in giving a new impetus to Sikhism. Guru Ram Das Ji by laying the foundation of Ramdaspura and Masand system, by conciliating with the Udasis, by adding his own verses, by refuting the prevalent evils in the society, by continuing the Sangat, Pangat and Manji institutions and by establishing friendly relations with Akbar, he contributed significantly to the consolidation of Sikhism. So, finally we agree with a famous historian, Dr. D.S. Dhillon’s words,

“During the short period of his Guruship of about seven years, Guru Ram Das provided a well-knit community with a form and content.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 10.
Describe briefly the development of Sikhism from 1539 to 1581 A.D.
Answer:
Note: For answer to this question students may refer to Question Nos. 2, 5 and 9.

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
What was Guru Angad Dev Ji’s contribution to the development of Sikhism?
Or
What did Guru Angad Dev Ji do for the development of Sikhism?
Or
Mention any three achievements of Guru Angad Dev Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Answer:
(a) A new dimension was given to Gurmukhi script, so that people may understand it easily. (b) Sangat and Pangat institutions were further strengthened. These institutions gave a shattering blow to the caste-system. (Hi) He did a praiseworthy work by keeping Sikhism aloof from the Udasi sect. (d) He maintained strict discipline in Guru Darbar. (v) He founded Goindwal Sahib.

Question 2.
What contribution was made by Guru Angad Dev Ji to improve Gurmukhi script?
Or
What contribution was made by Guru Angad Dev Ji to popularise Gurmukhi script?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji made requisite improvements in this script and gave it a new look. As a result, it became easy for people to understand it. All the Sikh scriptures were subsequently written in this script. As this script became popular, the Brahmin class suffered a major set back, because they considered Sanskrit, as the only language of religion. The popularity of Gurmukhi proved helpful in the spread of Sikhism. This script also proved very helpful in the spread of education among the Sikhs.

Question 3.
How did Guru Angad Dev Ji denounce the Udasi sect.
Answer:
The Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. This sect laid emphasis on ‘Sanyas’ or renunciation, whereas Guru Nanak Dev Ji held strong belief in family life. The remaining tenets of Udasi sect were same-as those of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. As a consequence, many people began to join the Udasi sect. Therefore, Guru Angad Dev Ji made it clear in unequivocal terms that Sikhism was essentially a religion of householders and no true Sikh could be an Udasi.

Question 4.
What do you know about Sangat?
Answer:
Sangat means a congregation of the Sikhs. This Sangat gathered in the morning and evening to listen to the Bani (Hynfns) of Guru Angad Dev Ji. This institution of Sangat was established by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji developed it further. Any man or woman could join the Sangat without the discrimination of caste, creed or religion. Sangat was considered as God’s incarnation.

Question 5.
What do you mean by Pangat or Langar?
Or
What do you know about Langar System?
Or
Write a note on Pangat or Langar.
Answer:
Pangat or Langar was established by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Angad Dev Ji continued it and Guru Amar Das Ji further developed this institution. Guru Amar Das Ji declared that none could meet him without taking Langar. He gave the slogan of first Pangat and then Sangat. This institution greatly helped in eradicating caste system and untouchability in the society.

Question 6.
Write a short note on Sangat and Pangat.
Or
What is the meaning of Sangat and Pangat?
Answer:
For answer to this question students are requested to see the answer of Question No. 4 and 5.

Question 7.
What problems had Guru Amar Das Ji to face in the early years of his pontificate?
Answer:
(0 Guru Amar*Das Ji had to face the opposition of Dasu and Datu, the two sons of Guru Angad Dev Ji. They claimed that being sons of a Guru, they had a right to Gurgaddi. (b) Baba Sri Chand, elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, staked his claim to the Gurgaddi. So, he also started opposing Guru Amar Das Ji. (c) Guru Amar Das Ji’s growing popularity also made Muslims of Goindwal Sahib jealous of the Sikhs. They started harassing the Sikhs in many ways, (d) The orthodox Hindus also started opposing Guru Amar Das Ji for his social reforms.

Question 8.
Give the contribution of Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Or
Write down the three services done by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikh religion.
Or
Make a mention of the three major contributions of Guru Amar Das Ji to the growth of Sikhism.
Or
Describe any three services done by Guru Amar Das Ji for the development of Sikh religion.
Answer:
(a) First of all he completed the work on Baoli, initiated at Goindwal Sahib. Soon it became a central place of pilgrimage for the Sikhs, (b) The Langar system was further developed, (c) The Manji system established by the Guru gave a new impetus to the spread of Sikhism, (d) The Guru kept Sikhism aloof from Udasi sect and thus, saved it from merging into Hinduism, (v) Guru Amar Das Ji strongly criticised the prevalent social evils.

Question 9.
What was the importance of the construction of the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib in Sikh History?
Or
Why is Goindwal Sahib called the centre of Sikhism?
Answer:
The construction work of the Baoli at Goindwal Sahib was the first significant step of Guru Amar Das Ji towards the development at Sikhism. It was started in 1552 A.D. and it was completed in 1559 A.D. Guru Ji had two objectives in its construction. First, he wanted to give the Sikhs a separate place of pilgrimage so that they could be separated from the Hindus. Secondly, he wanted to solve the water problem of the people of that place. It gave the Sikhs a place of pilgrimage of their own. ,

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 10.
Describe briefly the social reforms of Guru Am&r Das Ji.
Or
Describe any three reforms of Sri Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Discuss the social reforms introduced by Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Why is Guru Amar Das Ji called a Social Reformer?
Or
Give an account of three major social reforms of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
(a) He condemned in strong words the social evil of sati. (b) Guru Ji opposed child marriage and purdah system also, (c) He was in favour of widow re-marriage, (d) He emphatically criticised the prevalent caste system and untouchability. In order to eradicate this evil, he made it obligatory for everyone to partake Langar before meeting him.(u) He condemned all kinds of intoxicants.

Question 11.
What was fhe Manji system? How did it contribute to the development of Sikhism?
Or
What do you know about Manji system?
Or
Write a note on Manji system.
Answer:
The setting up of Manji system was a great achievement of Guru Amar Das Ji. The number of the Sikhs had greatly increased during his Gurgaddi. So it was not possible for him to reach every Sikh personally. In order to intensify the propaganda of Sikhism, he created 22 Manjis. Head of each Manji was called Manjidar. He could go anywhere in connection with the propaganda. Manjidar motivated people to come into the fold of Sikhism. Besides, he used to collect money from the Sikhs and passed it on to Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 12.
What were the main functions of the Manjidar?
Answer:

  • He tried his best to spread Sikhism.
  • He delivered the messages of the Guru Sahib to the Sikh Sangat.
  • He used to give religious education to the people and used to teach them the Gurmukhi language.

Question 13.
What type of relations did Guru Amar Das Ji have with the Mughals?
Or
Explain the relations between Mughal emperor Akbar and Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji had good relations with the Mughals. At that time, Akbar was the Mughal ruler of India. Akbar came to Goindwal Sahib to convey his gratitude towards Guru Amar Das Ji in 1568 A.D. He ate Langar with other people before meeting Guru Amar Das Ji and complied with the tradition of partaking food in the Langar. He was very impressed by the personality of Guru Amar Das Ji and the Langar system. Akbar’s visit to Goindwal Sahib enhanced the prestige of Guru Amar Das.

Question 14.
Explain the contribution of Sri Guru Ram Das Ji to the growth of Sikhism.
Or
What was the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to Sikh religion?
Or
Give a brief account of the contribution of Guru Ram Das Ji to the growth of Sikhism.
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji remained on Gurgaddi from 1574 A.D. to 1581 A.D. First of all, he set up Ramdaspura (Amritsar). Guru Ji started Masand system for collecting money from the Sikhs, which was required for the preaching and developmental works of the Sikh Panth. Guru Ram Das Ji put an end to the long standing tussle between the Sikhs and the Udasis, thus, ensuring a new era. Guru Ram Das Ji continued the institutions of Sangat and Pangat.

Question 15.
What is the importance of the foundation of Ramdaspura (Amritsar) in Sikh History?
Answer:
The most important contribution of Gu»u Ram Das Ji towards the Sikh Panth was the foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar. In 1577 A.D. he founded Ramdaspura. He settled fifty two other traders belonging to different trades at this place in order to make it popular. It .soon became a famous trade centre. The foundation of Ramdaspura or Amritsar occupies an important place in the history of Sikhism.

Question 16.
Write a short note on Udasi Sect.
Or
Discuss the three principles of Udasi sect.
Or
Write a brief note on Baba Sri Chand Ji.
Answer:
The Udasi sect was founded by Baba Sri Chand Ji, the elder son of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Many Sikhs, impressed by the asceticism of Sri Chand Ji, began to join Udasi sect. It stressed on the life of renunciation. It also believed in yoga an worship of nature. Guru Amar Das Ji had strongly opposed the Udasi sect. He said that a true Sikh could not be an Udasi. A settlement was however reached between the Sikhs and the Udasis during Guru Ram Das Ji’s pontificate.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Name the second Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

Question 2.
When was Guru Angad Dev Ji born?
Answer:
1504 A.D.

Question 3.
Where was Guru Angad Dev Ji born?
Answer:
Matte-di-Sarai in Mukatsar.

Question 4.
What was the original name of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Lehna Ji.

Question 5.
What was the name of the mother of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Answer:
Sabhrai Devi.

Question 6.
What was the name of the father of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Answer:
Pherumal.

Question 7.
Who gave the name of Guru Angad to Bhai Lehna Ji?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 8.
To whom did Guru Angad Dev Ji get married?
Answer:
Bibi Khivi Ji.

Question 9.
Name the sons of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
Answer:
Datu and Dasu.

Question 10.
Name the daughters of Guru Angad D.ev Ji.
Answer:
Bibi Amro and Bibi Anokhi.

Question 11.
When did Guru Angad Dev Ji attain Gurgaddi?
Answer:
In 1539 A.D.

Question 12.
Which was the religious headquarter of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Or
Name the centre of the religious activities of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
Answer:
Khadur Sahib.

Question 13.
Who presented the modified form of the Gurmukhi script?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

Question 14.
Who laid the foundation of Goindwal Sahib?
Or
Who founded Goindwal Sahib?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 15.
When was the foundation of Goindwal Sahib laid?
Answer:
1546 A.D.

Question 16.
Name any one important contribution of Guru Angad Dev Ji to the development of Sikh Panth.
Or
How did Guru Angad Dev Ji spread Sikhism?
Answer:
He made the Gurmukhi script popular.

Question 17.
Who was the founder of Udasi sect?
Answer:
Baba Sri Chand Ji.

Question 18.
What do you mean by Udasi?
Answer:
Sanyasi—who denounces the worldly life.

Question 19.
Name the two singers (Ragis) punished by Guru Angad Dev Ji with a view to infuse discipline in the Sikh religion.
Or
Who were the important Kirtan reciters of Guru Angad Dev Ji’s period who defied the discipline of the Sangat?
Answer:
Satta and Balwand.

Question 20.
Which Mughal emperor came to see Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Answer:
Humayun.

Question 21.
From which Sikh Guru, Mughal Emperor Humayun took the blessings?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

Question 22.
Who was the third Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 23.
When was Guru Amar Das Ji born?
Answer:
In 1479 A.D.

Question 24.
Where was Guru Amar Das Ji born?
Answer:
At Basarke.

Question 25.
What was the name of father of Guru Amar Das Ji? .
Answer:
Tej Bhan Bhalla Ji.

Question 26.
What was the name of mother of Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Mata Sulakhni Ji.

Question 27.
What was the surname of Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Bhalla.

Question 28.
How old was Guru Amar Das Ji when he succeeded to Guruship?
Answer:
73 years.

Question 29.
Who was Bibi Bhani?
Or
Who was Bibi Dhani?
Answer:
She was the daughter of Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 30.
Baba Mohri Ji was the son of which Guru Sahib?
Or
Baba Mohan Ji was the son of which Guru Sahib?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 31.
In which year Guru Amar Das Ji became Guru?
Answer:
In 1552 A.D.

Question 32.
Write down the Guruship period of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
1552 A.D. to 1574 A.D.

Question 33.
Who got the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib constructed?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 34.
How many steps were built in the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib?
Answer:
84 steps.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 35.
Name any one achievement of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Or
Mention any one contribution of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
Construction of Baoli at Goindwal Sahib.

Question 36.
By which Guru was Manji system started?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 37.
How many Manjis were founded by Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Twenty-two.

Question 38.
With what objective was Manji system started?
Answer:
To carry on missionary work of Sikhism.

Question 39.
What contribution was made by Manji system to the development of Sikhism?
Answer:
It went a long way in strengthening the foundations of Sikhism.

Question 40.
How many Shabads (Hymns) were composed by Guru Amar . Das Ji?
Answer:
907 Shabads.

Question 41.
Which Guru Sahib pronounced Anand Sahib Bani?
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji.

Question 42.
Which social evils were denounced by Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Untouchability, child marriage, sati system and purdah system etc.

Question 43.
Which Mughal emperor came to Goindwal Sahib to see Guru Amar Das Ji?
Answer:
Akbar.

Question 44.
When did Mughal emperor Akbar came to Goindwal Sahib?
Answer:
1568 A.D.

Question 45.
Whom did Guru Amar Das Ji appoint his successor?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 46.
When did Guru Amar Das Ji immerse with the Immortal?
Answer:
1574 A.D.

Question 47.
Who was the fourth Guru of the Sikhs?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 48.
What was the duration of pontificate of Guru Ram Das Ji?
Answer:
1574 A.D. to 1581 A.D.

Question 49.
When was Guru Ram Das Ji born?
Answer:
1534 A.D.

Question 50.
What was Guru Ram Das Ji’s original name?
Or
What was the first name of Guru Ram Das Ji?
Or
What was the early name of Guru Ram Das Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Jetha Ji.

Question 51.
What was the name of Guru Ram Das Ji’s mother?
Answer:
Daya Kaur.

Question 52.
What was the name of Guru Ram Das Ji’s father?
Answer:
Haridas.

Question 53.
To which caste did Guru Ram Das Ji belong?
Answer:
Sodhi.

Question 54.
Which Guru Sahib is known as Sodhi Sultan?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 55.
Name the wife of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
Bibi Bhani.

Question 56.
Name the sons of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
Prithi Chand, Mahadev and Arjan Dev Ji.

Question 57.
Who was Prithi Chand?
Answer:
The eldest son of Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 58.
When was Ramdaspura founded?
Answer:
In 1577 A.D.

Question 59.
When did Guru Ram Das Ji succeed the Guruship?
Answer:
1574 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Question 60.
Describe any one work done by Guru Ram Das Ji for the development of Sikhism.
Or
Mention any one achievement of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji founded Ramdaspura.

Question 61.
With what name Ramdaspura got famous?
Answer:
Amritsar

Question 62.
When was Amritsar founded?
Answer:
1577 A.D.

Question 63.
Who founded Amritsar?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 64.
During which Guru’s time was the settlement between the Sikhs and Udasis made?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 65.
Who started the Masand system?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 66.
Give any one aim of the Masand system.
Answer:
To preach Sikh religion.

Question 67.
Which Guru Sahib started articulation of ‘Chaar Lavan’?
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji.

Question 68.
How many Shabads were composed by Guru Ram Das Ji?
Answer:
679.

Question 69.
In which year Guru Ram Das Ji immersed in Eternal Light?
Answer:
In 1581 A.D.

Question 70.
Who was the successor of Guru Ram Das Ji?
Answer:
Guru Arjan t)ev ji.

Fill in the blanks:

1. The Second Sikh Guru was …………….
Answer:
Gum Angad Dev Ji

2. The original name of Gum Angad Dev Ji was ………………..
Answer:
Bhai Lehna Ji

3. Gum Angad Dev Ji was born in …………….
Answer:
1504 A.D.

4. The name of father of Guru Angad Dev Ji was …………….
Answer;
Phemmal

5. Gum Angad Dev Ji attained Gumship in ………………..
Answer:
1539 A.D.

6. Gum Angad Dev Ji popularised …………….. script.
Answer:
Gurmukhi

7. ………………. was the founder of Udasi Sect.
Answer:
Baba Sri Chand Ji

8. Guru Angad Dev Ji founded Goindwal Sahib in ………………
Answer:
1546 A.D.

9. Guru Angad DeV Ji immersed in Eternal Light in ………………….
Answer:
1552 A.D.

10.The third Guru of Sikhs was …………….
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji

11.Guru Amar Das Ji was born in ………………
Answer:
1479 A.D.

12.Guru Amar Das Ji belonged to …………… family.
Answer:
Bhalla

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

13.Guru Amar Das Ji assumed Gumship in ………………..
Answer:
1552 A.D.

14.Guru Amar Das Ji succeeded to Gumship at the age of ……………….
Answer:
73

15. Guru Amar Das Ji got the Baoli of ……………….. constructed.
Answer:
Goindwal Sahib)

16. Guru Amar Das Ji started the construction of the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib in ……………
Answer:
1552 A.D.

17. Manji system was raised by ……………..
Answer:
Guru Amar Das Ji

18. Mughal Emperor …………………. came to Goindwal Sahib to see Guru Amardas Ji.
Answer:
Akbar

19. Guru Amar Das Ji met Mughal Emperor ……………….
Answer:
Akbar

20. Guru Amar Das Ji immersed in Eternal Light in …………………
Answer:
1574 A.D.

21. ………………… was the fourth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji

22. The original name of Guru Ram Das Ji was ……………..
Answer:
Bhai Jetha Ji

23. Guru Ram Das Ji belonged to ……………… caste.
Answer:
Sodhi

24. Guru Ram Das Ji was married to ……………….
Answer:
Bibi Bhani

25. Guru Ram Das Ji attained Guruship in ………………..
Answer:
1574 A.D.

26. Guru Ram Das Ji established Ramdaspura in ……………….
Answer:
1577 A.D.

27. Masand system was started by ……………..
Answer:
Guru Ram Das Ji

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

True or False:

1. Guru Angad Dev Ji was the third Sikh Guru.
Answer:
False

2. The original name of Guru Angad Dev Ji was Bhai Lehna Ji.
Answer:
True

3. Guru Angad Dev Ji’s father’s name was Tej Bhan.
Answer:
False

4. Sabhrai Devi was the mother of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
Answer:
True

5. Guru Angad Dev Ji was married to Bibi Khivi.
Answer:
True

6. Guru Angad Dev Ji became second Sikh Guru in 1539 A.D.
Answer:
True

7. Guru Angad Dev Ji made afforts to popularize Persian language.
Answer:
False

8. Baba Sri Chand founded the Udasi Sect.
Answer:
True

9. Guru Angad Dev Ji met Mughal Emperor, Akbar.
Answer:
False

10. Guru Angad Dev Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1539 A.D.
Answer:
False

11. Guru Amar Das Ji was the third Guru of the Sikhs!
Answer:
True

12. Guru Amar Das Ji was born in 1479 A.D.
Answer:
True

13. Tej Bhan was the name of the father of Guru Amar Das Ji.
Answer:
True

14. The name of one of the daughters of Guru Amar Das Ji was Bibi Bhani.
Answer:
True

15. Guru Amar Das Ji assumed Guruship in 1552 A.D.
Answer:
True

16. Guru Amar Das Ji got constructed Baoli at Goindwal Sahib.
Answer:
True

17. Guru Ram Das Ji established Manji system.
Answer:
False

18. Guru Amar Das Ji vigrously opposed Sati system.
Answer:
True

19. Guru Ram Das Ji was the fourth Guru of the Sikhs.
Answer:
True

20. Bhai Jetha Ji was the original name of the Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
True

21. Guru Ram Das Ji belonged to Sodhi family.
Answer;
True

22. Bibi Bhani was the wife of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
True

23. Guru Ram Das Ji assumed Guruship in 1574 A.D.
Answer:
True

24. Guru Ram Das Ji laid the foundation of Ramdaspura in 1578 A.D.
Answer:
False

25. Guru Amar Das Ji started Masand system.
Answer:
False

26. Reconciliation of the Sikhs with Udasis took place during Guru Ram Das Ji’s time.
Answer:
True

27. Guru Ram Das Ji introduced Four Lavan system of marriage.
Answer:
True

28. Guru Ram Das Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1581 A.D.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the second Guru of Sikhs?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Angad Dev Ji

2. When was Guru Angad Dev Ji born?
(a) In 1469 A.D.
(b) In 1479 A.D.
(c) In 1501 A.D,
(d) In 1504 AD,
Answer:
(d) In 1504 AD,

3. Where was Guru Angad Dev Ji born?
(a) Matte-di-Sarai
(b) Kiratpur Sahib
(c) Goindwal Sahib
(d) Harike.
Answer:
(a) Matte-di-Sarai

4. What was the original name of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Bhai Jetha Ji
(b) Bhai Lehna Ji
(c) Bhai Gurditta Ji
(d) Bhai Daeu Ji.
Answer:
(b) Bhai Lehna Ji

5. Who was the father of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Tyagmal Ji
(b) Pherumal Ji
(c) Tej Bhan Ji
(d) Mehrban Ji.
Answer:
(b) Pherumal Ji

6. What was the name of mother of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Lakshmi Devi Ji
(b) Sabhrai Devi Ji
(c) Mansa Devi Ji
(d) Subhag Devi Ji.
Answer:
(b) Sabhrai Devi Ji

7. Who was the wife of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Bibi Khivi Ji
(b) Bibi Nanaki Ji
(c) Bibi Amro Ji
(d) Bibi Bhani Ji.
Answer:
(a) Bibi Khivi Ji

8. When did Guru Angad Dev assume Guruship?
(a) In 1529 A.D.
(b) In 1538 A.D.
(c) In 1539 A.D.
(d) In 1552 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1539 A.D.

9. Which was the religious headquarter of Guru Angad Dev Ji?
Or
Name the centre of religious activities of Guru Angad Dev Ji.
(a) Goindwal Sahib
(b) Amritsar
(c) Khadur Sahib
(d) Sultanpur Lodhi.
Answer:
(c) Khadur Sahib

10. Which Guru Sahib popularised the Gurmukhi Script?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji

11. Who was the founder of Udasi sect?
(a) Baba Sri Chand Ji
(b) Baba Lakshmi Das Ji
(c) Baba Mohan Ji
(d) Baba Mohri Ji.
Answer:
(a) Baba Sri Chand Ji

12. Which town was founded by Guru Angad Sahib?
(a) Kartarpur
(b) Tarn Taran
(c) Kirtpur Sahib
(d) Goindwal Sahib
Answer:
(d) Goindwal Sahib

13. Which Mughal Emperor came to Khadur Sahib to see Guru Angad Dev Ji?
(a) Babar
(b) Humayun
(c) Akbar
(d) Jahangir
Answer:
(b) Humayun

14. When did Guru Angad Dev Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1550 A.D.
(b) In 1551 A.D.
(c) In 1552 A.D.
(d) In 1554 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1552 A.D.

15. Who was the third Guru of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
Answer:
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji

16. When was Guru Amar Das Ji born?
(a) In 1458 A.D.
(b) In 1465 A.D.
(c) In 1469 A.D.
(d) In 1479 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1479 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

17. Where was Guru Amar Das Ji born?
(a) Khadur Sahib
(b) Harike
(c) Basarke
(d) Goindwal Sahib.
Answer:
(c) Basarke

18. What was the name of father of Guru Amar Das Ji?
(a) Tej Bhan
(b) Meharban
(c) Mohan Das
(d) Pherumal.
Answer:
(a) Tej Bhan

19. Who was Bibi Bhani?
(a) Daughter of Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Wife of Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Daughter of Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Daughter of Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
(c) Daughter of Guru Amar Das Ji

20. When did Guru Amar Das Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1539 A.D.
(b) In 1550 A.D.
(c) In 1551 A.D.
(d) In 1552 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1552 A.D.

21. Who got the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib constructed?
(a) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Ram Das Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji

22. How many steps were built in the Baoli of Goindwal Sahib?
(a) 62
(b) 72
(c) 73
(d) 84
Answer:
(d) 84

23. Which Guru Sahib pronounced Anand Sahib Bani?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Guru Ram Das Ji.
Answer:
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji

24. By which Guru was Manji system started?
(a) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Ram Das Ji
(d) Gur« Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji

25. Why was Manji system started?
(a) To make Sikhism popular
(b) To collect ingredients for Langar
(c) To construct Gurudwaras
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(a) To make Sikhism popular

26. ‘Which social evil was denounced by Guru Amar Das Ji?
(a) Child marriage
(b) Sati system
(c) Purdah system
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

27. Which was the centre of religious activities of Guru Amar Das Ji?
(a) Amritsar
(b) Goindwal Sahib
(c) Khadur Sahib
(d) Lahore.
Ans.
(b) Goindwal Sahib

28. When did Guru Amar Das Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1552 A.D.
(b) In 1564 A.D.
(c) In 1568 A.D.
(d) In 1574 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1574 A.D.

29. Who was the fourth Guru Ji of the Sikhs?
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji

30. When was Guru Ram Das Ji born?
(a) In 1479 A.D.
(b) In 1524 A.D.
(c) In 1534 A.D.
(d) In 1539 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1534 A.D.

31. What was Guru Ram Das Ji’s original name?
(a) Bhai Bala Ji
(b) Bhai Jetha Ji
(c) Bhai Lehna Ji
(d) Bhai Mardana Ji.
Answer:
(b) Bhai Jetha Ji

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 5 Development of Sikhism Under Guru Angad DevJi, Guru Amar Das Ji and Guru Ram Das Ji

32. What was the name of the father of Guru Ram Das Ji?
(a) Haridas Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Tej Bhan Ji
(d) Pherumal Ji.
Answer:
(a) Haridas Ji

33. What was the name of the mother of Guru Ram Das Ji?
(a) Daya Kaur Ji
(b) Roop Kaur Ji
(c) Sulakhni Ji
(d) Lakshmi Ji.
Answer:
(a) Daya Kaur Ji

34. To which caste did Guru Ram Das Ji belong?
(a) Bedi
(b) Bhalla
(c) Sodhi
(d) Sethi.
Answer:
(c) Sodhi

35. To whom did Guru Ram Das Ji marry?
(a) Bibi Dani Ji
(b) Bibi Bhani Ji
(c) Bibi Amro Ji
(d) Bibi Anokhi Ji.
Answer:
(b) Bibi Bhani Ji

36. Who was Prithi Chand?
(a) Elder brother of Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Son of Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Son of Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
(b) Elder brother of Guru Arjan Dev Ji

37. When did Guru Rain Das Ji succeed to Guruship?
(a) In 1534 A.D.
(b) In 1552 A.D.
(c) In 1554 A.D.
(d) In 1574 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1574 A.D.

38. Which Guru laid the foundation of Amritsar or Ramdaspura?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Hargobind Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji

39. When did Guru Ram Das Ji lay the foundation of Amritsar?
(a) In 1574 A.D.
(b) In 1575 A.D.
(c) In 1576 A.D.
(d) In 1577 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1577 A.D.

40. Who started the Masand system?
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji
(b) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(c) Guru Amar Das Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Ram Das Ji

41. During which Guru’s pontificate was the settlement between the Sikhs and Udasis made?
(a) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Ram Das Ji
(d) Guru Arjan Dev Ji.
Answer: (c)

42. Which Sikh Guru started four Lavan system of marriage?
(a) Guru Amar Das Ji
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Har Krishan Ji.
Answer:
(b) Guru Ram Das Ji

43. Which Mughal King visited Guru Ram Das Ji?
(a) Babar
(b) Humayun
(c) Akbar
(d) Aurangzeb.
Answer:
(c) Akbar

44. When did Guru Ram Das Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1561 A.D.
(b) In 1571 A.D.
(c) In 1575 A.D.
(d) In 1581 A.D.
Answer:
(d) In 1581 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Give a brief account of the contribution of Guru Nanak to Sikhism.
Answer:
When Guru Nanak Dev Ji was born in the 15th century, the political, social and religious condition of India was pitiable. The Muslims belonged to the ruling class. They hated the Hindus and perpetrated cruelty on them. Religion had been reduced to the level of mere outward show. People were groping in the darkness of ignorance. The condition of women-folk in society was very deplorable. Guru Nanak Dev Ji undertook travels in the various parts of the country and abroad to dispel superstitions prevalent among people and to bring awareness in ’ them.

Guru Ji preached to worship only one God, to lead pious and truthful life, to give equal rights to women and to shun superstitions. Wherever he went, ‘ he deeply impressed people through his teachings. Guru Ji raised a voice against the tyranny of the ruling class and officials and injustice. He founded two institutions namely Sangat and Pangat. A new religious brotherhood had come into being in the lifetime of Guru Nanak. Before he immersed with Immortal in 1539 A.D. Guru Nanak appointed Lehna (Guru Angad) his successor. The appointment of Guru Angad proved very significant for the development of Sikh Panth.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 2.
What do you n$ean by Udasis? What were the aims of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’ Udasis?
Or
What were the aims of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji mean the travels undertaken by him. The main objective of Guru Nanak’s Udasis was to dispel the ignorance and superstitions of the people. He wanted to convey the message of the universal brotherhood of mankind and worship of the only one God to the people. Both the religions — Hinduism and Islam had gone astray and forgotten their true principles. The priestly class whose duty was to guide people had themselves turned corrupt and characterless.

When the religious leaders themselves grope in the dark, it is not difficult to ascertain the condition of the common people. The people had started worshipping a number of gods, goddesses, graves, trees, snakes, stones etc. In this way, the true spirit of religion had disappeared. Society was divided into many castes and sub-castes. People of one caste hated the people of the other castes. The condition of women-folk in society was pitiable. They were not treated as equal to men. Guru Nanak started his Udasis to show a new path to the people who were groping in darkness.

Question 3.
Write a brief note on any five important Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
1. Saidpur: Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi from Sultanpur and reached Saidpur (Eminabad). When he reached there, Malik Bhago, a landlord of the village, invited Guru Ji to a feast, but Guru Ji stayed in the house of a poor carpenter Bhai Lalo. Malik Bhago compelled Guru Nanak Dev Ji to explain his conduct. Guru Nanak Dev Ji took the food of Malik Bhago in one hand and the rough and dry bread of Bhai Lalo in the other hand and pressed them. Blood dripped from Malik Bhago’s food, whereas milk dripped from Bhai Lalo’s bread. In this way, Guru Nanak Dev Ji proved that we should earn our livelihood by honest means and hard labour.

2. Talumba : Guru Nanak’Dev Ji met Sajjan at this place. He had built a temple and a mosque within his Haveli. During the day, he served these travellers nicely but at night he used to rob them and sometimes killed them and threw their bodies into a secret well. He was planning to play the same trick with Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Bhai Mardana. However, when at night Guru Nanak Dev Ji recited his melodious Bani, Sajjan thug was moved and he fell at the feet of the great Guru and sought his pardon for his bad deeds. Guru Nanak Dev Ji forgave him. After this incident, Sajjan gave up cheating and killing, became a true Sajjan and spent his remaining life propagating Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings.

3. Gorakhmata: After Haridwar, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Gorakhmata. Here, Guru Ji told Sidh Jogis that one cannot get salvation by wearing earrings in the ears, by applying ash (vibhuti) to the body or by blowing horns, by holding sticks or by shaving of heads. These Jogis were so impressed with his teachings that they became his disciples. Since then, Gorakhmata is called Nanakmata.

4. Hasan Abdal: On his return journey to Punjab, Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped at Hasan Abdal. Here an arrogant Faqir, Wali Kandhari in a fit of rage, rolled a very heavy stone rock downward from the hilltop to kill Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped it with his palm. This place is known as ‘Punja Sahib’ these days and there stands a splendid Gurdwara.

5. Mecca: Mecca is the birthplace of the Prophet Mohammad. According to Sikh tradition, when Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Mecca, he slept with his feet towards the Kaaba. When Qazi Rukun-ud-Din noticed it, he flew into a rage. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to him that Allah is present everywhere.

Question 4.
Give a brief account of the First Udasi of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
1. Saidpur: Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi from Sultanpur and reached Saidpur (Eminabad). When he reached there, Malik Bhago, a landlord of the village, invited Guru Ji to a feast, but Guru Ji stayed in the house of a poor carpenter Bhai Lalo. Malik Bhago compelled Guru Nanak Dev Ji to explain his conduct. Guru Nanak Dev Ji took the food of Malik Bhago in one hand and the rough and dry bread of Bhai Lalo in the other hand and pressed them. Blood dripped from Malik Bhago’s food, whereas milk dripped from Bhai Lalo’s bread. In this way, Guru Nanak Dev Ji proved that we should earn our livelihood by honest means and hard labour.

2. Kurukshetra: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kurukshetra on the occasion of a solar eclipse. Here, Guru Nanak Dev Ji told the gathered people that one should lead a simple and precious life. His words worked like magic and many people became his disciples. The majority of historians don’t agree with this incident.

3. Gorakhmata: After Haridwar, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Gorakhmata. Here, Guru Ji told Sidh Jogis that one cannot get salvation by wearing earrings in the ears, by applying ash (vibhuti) to the body or by blowing of horns, by holding sticks or by shaving of heads. These Jogis„were so impressed with his teachings that they became his disciples. Since then, Gorakhmata is called Nanakmata.

4. Kamrup : When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kamrup in Assam, a famous witch Nur Shahi along with some other beautiful women, tried to cast a spell on Guru Nanak Dev Ji by her alluring gestures and extraordinary display of tempting charms but she failed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji showed them the right path.

5. Jagannath Puri : After a visit to Assam, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Jagannath Puri in Orissa. The priest of Jagannath Puri temple asked Guru Nanak Dev Ji to pay homage to their Lord Jagannath. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them he did not believe in formal worship of aarti. Nature, all the time, is busy with the worship of that Almighty God. So, there is no need of offering artificial worship to Him.

Question 5.
What do you know about the Second Udasi of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
1. Kailash Parbat: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kailash Parbat (Sumer) via Tibet. The Siddhas were greatly surprised at Guru’s arrival there. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them that the truth had disappeared from the world and falsehood and corruption prevailed everywhere. Guru Nanak Dev Ji advised them to serve humanity.

2. Ladakh: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Ladakh from Kailash Parbat. Impressed by the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, many people became his disciples.

3. Kashmir : Guru Nanak Dev Ji held a very lengthy religious debate with Pandit Brahm Das at Mattan in Kashmir. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to him that mere reading or reciting of the Vedas and the Ramayana could not bring salvation. Salvation can be attained only by one’s actions in accordance with the teachings of these holy scriptures.

4. Hasan Abdal : On his return journey to the Punjab Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped at Hasan Abdal. Here an arrogant Faqir, Wali Kandhari in a fit of rage, rolled a very heavy stone rock downward from the hill top to kill Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped it with his palm. This place is known as ‘Puuja Sahib’ these days and there stands a splendid Gurdwara.

5. Sialkot: Guru Nanak Dev Ji met a Muslim saint named Hamza Ghaus at Sialkot. He was angry with the people of this town over some issue and he was determined to destroy the whole, city with his power. But, when he met Guru Ji he was so impressed that all his anger disappeared. This incident impressed the people.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 6.
Give a brief account of the Third Udasi of Guru Nanak Dev Ji
Answer:
1. Multan : Mhny Sufi saints lived in Multan. Here Guru Nanak Dev Ji met a famous Sufi saint Shaikh Bahauddin. He was greatly impressed with Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings and became his disciple.

2. Mecca : Mecca is the birth place of the Prophet Mohammad. According to Sikh tradition, when Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Mecca, he slept with his feet towards the Kaaba. When Qazi Rukun-ud-Din noticed it, he flew into a rage.When the Qazi turned Guru Ji’s feet to the other directions, the Kaaba also began to turn towards those directions. At this, the Qazi and other Muslims present were deeply impressed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to them that Allah is present everywhere.

3. Medina : From Mecca Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Medina. Guru Nanak Dev Ji gave here his message of love. He had a religious debate with Imam Azim here.

4. Baghdad : Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Shaikh Behlol in Baghdad. He was so much impressed with the Bani of the great Guru Nanak Dev Ji that he became his disciple.

5. Saidpur: When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Saidpur at the end of 1520 A.D., Babar attacked this town with a view to occupy it. The Mughal army put to death thousands of innocent people during this attack. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was also arrested along with them. But when Babar came to know that Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a great saint, he set free not only Guru Nanak Dev Ji but many other prisoners also.

Question 7.
Briefly describe the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
The Nature of God : Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only. He laid stress on the oneness of God in his Bani again and again. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. He is Nirguna (without attributes) as well as Saguna (with attributes). He is the absolute Lord. He is the greatest of all.

2. Maya : According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Maya is the biggest obstacle in man’s way of attaining salvation (mukti). An unregenerate (manmukh) man always indulges in the vicious circle of worldly things like wealth, status, power, luxury, beautiful woman, son etc. It is Maya. Thus, one who yields to Maya is caught in the cycle of transmigration and his chains are not cut.

3. Denunciation of the Caste System: The Hindu society of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s time was divided not only into four main castes but into many sub-castes also. The members of the upper castes hated the people of the lower castes and treated them very badly. The practice of untouchability was very common. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned the caste system in unequivocal words. Guru Nanak Dev Ji preached the principle of universal brotherhood of mankind.

4. Denounced Ill-treatment of Women : During the time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji the condition of women in Indian society was extremely pitiable. Many evil practices had crept in. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned emphatically all such evils as were prevalent among women of that time. Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid emphasis on the equal rights of men and women.

5. Importance of Guru : Guru Nanak Dev Ji regarded the blessings of the Guru as most important in order to reach God. According to him the Guru is the ladder by means of which one reaches God. It is the Guru who leads a man from darkness (ignorance) to light (enlightenment). But it is not an easy affair to find out a real Guru. Man cannot find the real Guru without the blessings of God Himself.

Question 8.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of God?
Or
What were the views of Guru Nanak Dev Ji about God?
Answer:
1. The Unity of God : Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only. He laid stress on the oneness of God in his Bani again and again. According to the Sikh tradition the letter ‘IK ONKAR’ (afi) which appears in the beginning of the Mool Mantra stands for oneness of God. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world and His direct exercise of these functions reduces all other deities to meaningless shadows. They are just a tiny star before God.

2. Nirguna and Saguna: God has two forms. He is Nirguna (without attributes) as well as Saguna (with attributes). In the beginning, God created the earth and the space and He existed in Himself. It was His Nirguna form. Then, He created this world and through it He revealed Himself in His creation. This is His Saguna aspect.

3. Creator, Sustainerand Destroyer : God alone is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. By His order (Hukam) men, animals, birds, rivers, mountains, forests etc. Came into existence. God does not merely create.He is also the Destroyer and Recreator of the world.

4. Immortal: The universe created by God is unstable and impermanent but God is immortal. He is beyond the cycle of birth, death and rebirth. Thousands of Mohammads,
Brahmas, Vishnus, and Ramas stand in obedience before Him. All of them are mortal, whereas God is immortal.

5. Greatness of God : According to Guru Nanak Sahib, God is the greatest of all. His greatness is beyond description. Thousands of Saints and Bhagatas have sung songs in praise of His greatness, yet not a fragment of His greatness could they express. His praise, His mercy, His knowledge, His gifts cannot be described.

Question 9.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of Maya?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji regarded Maya as the biggest hurdle in the way of man’s salvation. The.multicoloured Maya allures man to itself. An unregenerate man remains engrossed in worldly things such as wealth, status, beautiful women, sons etc. It is called Maya. In fact, the entire creation is God’s Maya. It is a snare. An unregenerate man does not know the difference between the Creator and His creation. He does not realize that all other than5 God is subject to annihilation. Maya whom he loves so much does not accompany him after his death. It separates man from God by keeping him absorbed in worldly things. One who yields to Maya also remains caught in the cycle of transmigration. By accumulating riches-gold, silver etc.-a man considers himself to be a great person of the world. But actually, he is collecting poison for himself. Thus, he ruins his life by being caught in ‘dubidha’ (misery arising from affiliation to anything other than God).

Question 10.
What is the importance of ‘Guru’ in Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings?
Or
What was the concept of “Guru” according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
In his teachings Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid much emphasis oil Guru. The Guru is a ladder by means of which one attains salvation. Without the Guru’s guidance no one can attain salvation. An unregenerate man remains engrossed in worldly enjoyments. It is the Guru who purifies his mind. He can become one with the God if he follows the instructions of the Guru. A meeting with the Guru results in killing the ego. The misery born of vices ends and the good fortune is awakened. The Guru gives knowledge about Truth, Nam and Shabad. The Guru dispels the darkness of ignorance. Only the Guru leads a man from darkness (ignorance) to light (realisation). It is not easy to get a true Guru. One cannot get Guru without the Nadar (grace) of God. It is worthy to note that when Guru Nanak Dev Ji talks of Guru, he does not refer to any human Guru. The human Gurus are blind. A true Guru is God Himself who is revealed through the Word (Shabad).

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 11.
Throw light on the importance of Kirat Karo, Nam Japo and Wand Chhako.
Answer:
Nam Japna, Kirat Kama and Wand Chhakna are the three basic principles of Sikhism. Remembering Divine Name : Remembering the Divine Name or Simran is considered to be the highest form of worship of God. Guru Nanak Dev Ji said that on one hand remembering the Divine Name eradicates all sins of the heart, on . the other hand it becomes placid. For this reason, man’s sorrows come to an end. All his fears are dispelled. By remembering the Divine Name, a man’s works are accomplished easily because God Himself helps him in all his works. Without Name, man’s life on this earth is futile.

Honest Labour : Kirat means honest labour* Honest labour is extremely important. It is the ordain of the Absolute (Hukam). We observe everyday that every creature earns his livelihood through Kirat. Hence the need for honest labour is extremely essential for man because he is the head of all creatures. A person who does not perform honest labour cannot keep his body fit. Such a person actually performs a sin against the Absolute.

Sharing with the Needy: Sikhism hasgreatlyemphasised on Wand Chhakna. Wand Chhakna means to share with the needy. Sikhism does not advocate sharing after eating but sharing before eating. It also inspires to treat others as brothers and sisters and to share with them. Sikhism believes in donating Daswandh. It means that one should spend one tenth of one’s income towards the cause of social welfare.

Question 12.
Write the views of Guru Nanak Dev Ji about the women.
Answer:
The condition of women-folk during Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s time was very miserable. They were considered not equal in status to men in society. Many evils existed among them like-child marriage, polygamy, purdah system, sati system and divorce etc. For these reasons, birth of a female child was considered an ill- omen. Guru Nanak Dev Ji strongly criticised the prevalent evils relating to women. He launched a forceful campaign to enhance the respect of women in society. He opposed child-marriage, polygamy, purdah system and sati system etc. He was in favour of according women equal rights with men. In this regard Guru Nanak Dev Ji allowed Women to join Sangat and Pangat. Guru Nanak Dev Ji said that woman who gave birth to great emperors, should not be called inferior. He was in favour of giving education to women also.

Question 13.
What was the social meaning and significance of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s message?
Or
What was the impact of teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
The social meaning of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s message is very important. His message was for everyone. Any man or woman could take the path shown by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The path of salvation was open for all. Guru Nanak preached social equality. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned the caste-system in strong words. In order to put his message of social equality into practice, he founded two institutions-Sangat and Pangat. No discrimination of caste was observed while preparing the Langar. Guru Nanak Dev Ji strongly criticised unjust policies of the rulers and corruption existing in his time. Besides the ruling class, Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned in unequivocal terms the corrupt officials of the government. In this way, Guru Nanak Dev Ji identified himself with the masses.

Question 14.
How far were the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji different from the Bhakti reformers?
Answer:
The teachings of Gum Nanak Dev Ji were different from the teachings of other religious preachers in many ways. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is formless. He never acquires the human form. The Bhakti preachers regard Krishna and Rama as the incarnations of God. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was deadly against idol- worship while the other religious preachers had full faith in it. Guru Nanak Dev Ji nominated Guru Angad Dev Ji his successor for preaching Sikhism and continuing the Gurgaddi. On the other hand very few Bhakti preachers continued the tradition of establishing Gurgaddi. As a result they couM not maintain their identity for long. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in leading a married life. The Bhakti preachers thought it to be a big hurdle in the way of salvation. Gum Nanak Dev Ji founded two institutions of Sangat and Pangat. Anybody could join these without any discrimination of caste and creed. The Bhakti preachers .did not set up any such institution. Guru Nanak Dev Ji did not consider Sanskrit a holy language. He preached his teachings in Punjabi, the language of the masses. Most of the Bhakti preachers gave Sanskrit the status of a holy language.

Question 15.
How and where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji spend last 18 years of his life?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji established Kartarpur (Abode of God) on the banks of the Ravi in 1521 A.D. He spent the last 18 years of his life with his family at this place. During this period he set up the institutions of Sangat and Pangat. Sangat meant the congregation which gathered to hear the Bani of the Gum everyday. Every man or woman could join the Sangat without any discrimination. Only the name of God was recited and chanted in the Sangat. Pangat means to sit in a line and take food together. In this Langar (the community kitchen), no discrimination of caste, creed or religion was observed. Both these institutions proved helpful in the spread of Sikhism. Besides Guru Ji composed here 976Shabads. This work of the. Guru proved extremely useful for the development of Sikhism. Main Bani of Guru Nanak Dev Ji includes Japji Sahib, Var Majh, Sidh Gosht, Var Malhar, Barah Maha and Patti etc.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
Give a brief account of the life of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
The life time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji can be divided into three periods. Accordingly, the first period, 1469 to 1499 A.D. is related from his birth to enlightenment. The second period, 1499 to 1521 A.D. is related to the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The third period, 1521 to 1539 A.D. is related to his stay at Kartarpur wdth his family and his work for the spread, growth and development of Sikhism.

First Period : 1469 to 1499 A.D.:

1. Birth and Parentage : Guru Nanak Dev Ji was born on 15 April, 1469 – AD., on Purnima (the day of full moon) at Rai Bhoi Ki Talwandi, a place-now situated in Sheikhupura district of Pakistan. This holy place is now known as Nankana Sahib. His father Mehta Kalu Ji, a Patwari of the village, belonged to Bedi Kshatriya family. His mother, Tripta Ji, was a pious and religious minded lady. According to Sikh traditions, many miracles were witnessed at the time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth.

2. Childhood and Education : Guru Nanak Dev Ji was quite serious and thoughtful by nature since his childhood. He was not much inclined to games and was interested in the worship of God. When he was seven years old, he was sent to the Pathshala of Pandit Gopal for elementary learning of Hindi and Mathematics. He surprised Pandit Gopal by his spiritual knowledge. Later on he learnt Sanskrit from Pandit Brij Nath and Arabic and Persian from Maulvi Qutub-ud-Din. When he was nine, Purohit Hardyal was called to perform the ceremony of the sacred thread (Janeu). Guru Nanak Dev Ji categorically refused to wear the sacred thread and remarked that he would wear the thread of kindness, satisfaction, truthfulness and restraint which would never break, burn or get besmeared.

3. In various occupations: Having noticed the over indulgence of Guru Nanak Dev Ji in his thoughts, his father was alarmed. So, he tried to keep his son busy with one work or other. First of all, he was asked to graze buffaloes, but Guru Ji did not show any interest. Consequently, his father decided to set him in trade. He gave Guru Ji a sum of twenty rupees and sent him to the market to strike a profitable bargain. On way to the market, Guru Ji met a group of sadhus, who were hungry for many days. Guru Ji spent the whole amount on feeding those sadhus, and returned home empty handed. This event is known as ‘Sacha Sauda’ (true bargain) in history.

4. Marriage : Mehta Kalu Ji married him to Sulakhni Ji, daughter of Mool Chand of Batala. He was 14 years old then. In due course of time, he was blessed with two sons named Sri Chand and Lakhmi Das.

5. Service at Sultanpur Lodhi: At the age of 20 years, Guru Nanak Dev Ji was sent to Sultanpur Lodhi by his father Mehta Kalu to his son-in-law Jai Ram (Guru Ji’s brother-in-law). On his recommendation, Guru Nanak Dev Ji got a job in Modikhana (the store). Guru Nanak Dev Ji did this job honestly for ten years.

6. Enlightenment: While at Sultanpur Lodhi, Guru Nanak Dev Ji used to go to the rivulet Kali Beip daily in the morning to take a bath. One day, he went as usual for taking bath and remained untraceable for three days. During these three days Guru Nanak Dev Ji gained true knowledge. At that time, he was 30 years old. After enlightenment, Guruji uttered, “Na Ko Hindu, Na Ko Musalman”.

7. Udasis: After attaining enlightenment in 1499 A.D. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his travels in India and abroad. These travels were called the Udasis. These Udasis were conducted with the objective to dispel the ignorance of the people and to preach the unity of God and brotherhood of mankind. In India Guru Nanak Dev Ji travelled from Kailash mountain in north to Rameshvaram in south and from Pakpattan in west to Assam in east. Outside India Guru Nanak Dev Ji travelled to Mecca, Madina, Baghdad and Sri Lanka. We get important information from his Bani about the travels of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. He spent about 21 years in these Udasis. Guru Nanak Dev Ji succeeded in his aim to a great extent during these Udasis.

8. Settled at Kartarpur: Guru Nanak Dev Ji founded a town named Kartarpur (the abode of God) at the banks of the Ravi river in 1521 A.D. and spent the last 18 years of his life at this place. He started the institutions of ‘Sangat’ and ‘Pangat’ during this period. Besides, he composed 976 Sabads, which also proved extremely helpful for the spread and development of Sikhism. The prominent Banis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are Japji Sahib, Var Majh, Asa di Var, Sidh Goshti, Var Malhar, Bara Maha and Patti.

9. Nomination of the Successor: Guru Nanak Dev Ji nominated Bhai Lehna Ji, his famous disciple as his successor, before he immersed in Eternal Light. Guru Nanak Dev Ji placed one coconut and five paise before Bhai Lehna Ji and bowed his head. In this way, Bhai Lehna Ji came to be known as Guru Angad Dev Ji. Thus, Guru Nanak Dev Ji planted a sapling, which became a dense tree at the time of Guru Gobind Singh Ji. According to Dr. Hari Ram Gupta,

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings Img 1

” The appointment of Angad was a step of far-reaching significance.”

10. Immersed in Eternal Light : Guru Nanak Dev Ji Immersed in Eternal Light on 22 September, 1539 A.D.

Question 2.
Write a note on the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. What was the aim of these Udasis?
Or
What is meant by Udasis? Give a brief account of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Briefly discuss the travels of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. What was their aim?
Or
Give an account of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Describe briefly the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. What was their impact on society?
Answer:
After attaining enlightenment in 1499 A.D., Guru Nanak Dev Ji set out on long travels in India and in foreign countries. He spent about 21 years in these travels. These travels of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are known as Udasis because he wandered like an Udasi (unconcerned, unattached) during these years and renounced his home and family. The historians also disagree on the total number of the Udasis undertaken by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. However, the latest researches have proved that Guru Nanak Dev Ji undertook three Udasis.

Objectives of the Udasis:

The main objective of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, was to remove the ignorance of the people and to give the message of the unity of the God and universal brotherhood of mankind. The Hindu, Brahmans and Jogis, whose main function was to show the right path to the misled people, were themselves corrupt and characterless. The people worshipped countless gods and goddesses, graves, trees, snakes, stones etc. The Muslim religious leaders had also degenerated. Although the Quran forbids sensual merry-making, music and dance, yet many Muslims led a life of sensual pleasure. The society was divided into many castes and sub-castes. The members of high caste hated those belonging to the low castes. The condition of women in the society was the most deplorable. Guru Nanak Dev Ji undertook his Udasis to show the new path of enlightenment and salvation to those, who were wandering in the darkness of ignorance. In the words of a famous historian, Dr. S. S. Kohli, “The Great Master did not confine his mission to this country, he travelled far and wide, to far off lands and countries, in order to enlighten humanity as a whole.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

First Udasi:

Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi at the end of 1499 A.D. Bhai Mardana, who was a famous follower of Guru Ji, also accompanied him during these travels. Guru Nanak Dev Ji completed this Udasi in 12 years. He travelled from the east to the south. He visited the following important places during this Udasi:

1. Saidpur : Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi from Sultanpur and reached Saidpur (Eminabad). When he reached there, Malik Bhago, a landlord of the village, invited Guru Ji to a feast, but Guru Ji stayed in the house of a poor carpenter Bhai Lalo. Malik Bhago compelled Guru Nanak Dev Ji to explain his conduct. Guru Nanak Dev Ji took the food of Malik Bhago in one hand and the rough and dry bread of Bhai Lalo in the other hand and pressed them. Blood dripped from Malik Bhago’s food, whereas milk dripped from Bhai Lalo’s bread. In this way Guru Nanak Dev Ji proved that we should earn our livelihood by honest means and hard labour.

2. Talumba : Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Sajjan at this place. He had built a temple and a mosque within his Haveli. During the day, he served these travellers nicely but at night he used to rob them and sometimes killed them and threw their bodies into a secret well. He was planning to play the same trick with Guru Nanak Dev Ji and Bhai Mardana. However, when at night Guru Nanak Dev Ji recited his melodious Bani, Sajjan thug was moved and he fell at. the feet of the great Guru and sought his pardon for his bad deeds. Guru Nanak Dev Ji forgave him. After this incident, Sajjan gave up cheating and killing, became a true Sajjan and spent his remaining life in propagating Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings. According to K.S. Duggal, “Sajjan’s den of an assassin was transformed into a dharamsala.”

3. Kurukshetra : Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kurukshetra on the occasion of a solar eclipse. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them we should lead a simple and picess life. His words worked like magic and many people became his disciples.

4. Delhi : Guru Nanak Dev Ji stayed at ‘Majnu Ka Tila’ in Delhi. It is said, while living in Delhi, Guru Nanak Dev Ji brought back a dead elephant of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi to life, but Sikh tradition doesn’t agree with this incident.

5. Haridwar: When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Haridwar he saw many Hindus had gathered there to wash away their sins by a dip in the sacred water of the Ganges. While taking a bath, they were offering water to their forefathers (Pitras) facing the Sun. On seeing this, Guru Ji started throwing water towards the west. Astonished at this, many people gathered around him and asked what he was doing. He answered that he was offering water to his fields in Punjab. People laughed at his answer and asked how this water could reach his fields situated at a distance of 300 miles. Guru Nanak Dev Ji remarked that if their water could reach the Sun, which is situated millions of miles away, why his water could not reach his fields. Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s answer impressed them deeply.

6. Gorakhmata : After Haridwar, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Gorakhmata. Here, Guru Ji told Sidh Jogis that one cannot get salvation by wearing earrings in the ears, by applying ash (vibhuti) to the body or by blowing of horns, by holding sticks or by shaving of heads. These Jogis were so impressed with his teachings that they became his disciples. Since then, Gorakhmata is called Nanakmata.

7. Banaras : Banaras was also a famous place of pilgrimage of the Hindus. Here Guru Nanak Dev Ji held a long discussion with Pt. Chatur Das about idol worship. Guru Nanak Dev Ji convinced him by saying that idol worship is as futile as watering the barren land. Highly impressed by his teachings, Chatur Das became a Sikh along with his Brahman friends.

8. Kamrup : When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kamrup in Assam, a famous witch Nur Shahi along with some other beautiful women, tried to cast a spell on Guru Nanak Dev Ji by’her alluring gestures and extraordinary display of tempting charms but she failed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji showed them the right path.

9. Jagannath Puri : After a visit to Assam, Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Jagannath Puri in Orissa. The priest of Jagannath Puri temple asked Guru Nanak Dev Ji to pay homage to their Lord Jagannath. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them he did not believe in formal worship of aarti. Nature, all the time, is busy with the worship of that Almighty God. So, there is no need of offering artificial worship to Him.

10.Ceylon : After visiting South India Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Ceylon (Sri Lanka). At that time Shivnath was the ruler of Ceylon. He was greatly impressed by the personality and hymns of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. As a result he became the follower of Guru Nanak Dev Ji along with many other people.

11. Pakpattan : During his return to the Punjab from Ceylon, Guru Nanak Dev Ji stayed at Pakpattan. Here, he met Sheikh Brahm the follower of Sheikh Farid. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was greatly pleased to meet this famous Sufi saint. Sheikh Brahm was also very much impressed by Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Second Udasi:

Guru Nanak Dev Ji began his second Udasi towards the East at the end of 1513 A.D. Guru Nanak Dev Ji spent three years in this Udasi. He visited the following important places during this Udasi:

1. Hilly States : Guru Nanak Dev Ji passed through the Punjab and visited the hilly states of Mandi, Rawalsar, Jawalamukhi, Kangra, Baijnath, Kullu etc. Many people of these hilly states were impressed by the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji and thus became his followers.

2. Kailash Parbat: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Kailash Parbat (Sumer) via Tibet. The Siddhas were greatly surprised at Guru’s arrival there. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told them that the truth had disappeared from the world and falsehood and corruption prevailed everywhere. Guru Nanak Dev Ji advised them to serve humanity.

3. Ladakh: Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Ladakh from Kailash Parbat. Impressed by the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, many people became his disciples.

4. Kashmir : Guru Nanak Dev Ji held a very lengthy religious debate with Pandit Brahm Das at Mattan in Kashmir. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to him that mere reading or reciting of the Vedas and the Ramayana could not bring salvation. Salvation can be attained only by one’s actions in accordance with the teachings of these holy scriptures.

5. Hasan Abdal : On his return journey to the Punjab Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped at Hasan Abdal. Here an arrogant Faqir, Wali Kandhari in a fit of rage, rolled a very heavy stone rock downward from the hill top to kill Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Guru Nanak Dev Ji stopped it with his palm. This place is known as ‘Punja Sahib’ these days and there stands a splendid Gurdwara.

6. Sialkot: Guru Nanak Dev Ji met a Muslim saint named Hamza Ghaus at Sialkot. He was angry with the people of this town over some issue and he was determined to destroy the’ whole city with his power. But, when he met Guru Ji he was so impressed that all his anger disappeared. This incident impressed the people.

Third Udasi:

Guru Nanak Dev Ji began his third Udasi at the epd of 1517 A.D. This Udasi also took four years. Guru Nanak Dev Ji visited many countries of Western Asia during this Udasi. Bhai Mardana also accompanied him. Guru Nanak Dev Ji visited the following important places during this Udasi:

1. Multan : Many Sufi saints lived in Multan. Here Guru Nanak Dev Ji met a famous Sufi saint Shaikh Bahauddin. He was greatly impressed with Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings and became his disciple.

2. Mecca: Mecca is the birthplace of the Prophet Mohammad. According to Sikh tradition, when Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Mecca, he slept with his feet towards the Kaaba. When Qazi Rukun-ud-Din noticed it, he flew into a rage. When the Qazi turned Guru Ji’s feet to the other directions, the Kaaba also began to turn towards those directions. At this, the Qazi and other Muslims present were deeply impressed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained to them that Allah is present everywhere.

3. Madina: From Mecca Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Madina. Guru Nanak Dev Ji gave here his message of love. He had a religious debate with Imam Azim here.

4. Baghdad: Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Shaikh Behlol in Baghdad. He was so much impressed with the Bani of the great Guru Nanak Dev Ji that he became his disciple.

5. Saidpur: When Guru Nanak Dev Ji reached Saidpur at the end of 1520 A.D., Babar attacked this town with a view to occupy it. The Mughal army put to death thousands of innocent people during this attack. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was also arrested along with them. But when Babar came to know that Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a great saint, he set free not only Guru Nanak Dev Ji but many other prisoners also. After it, Guru Ji reached Talwandi. Thus, his Udasis came to an end in 1521 A. D.

Impact of the Udasis:

The Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji had a profound impact on society. He succeeded to a great extent in removing the superstitions prevalent among people and brought in them a new awakening. He won over great scholars, Jogis, Siddhas, Brahmans, thieves, thugs and criminals by his sweet hymns. Guru Nanak Dev Ji completely changed the minds of such persons. Thousands of people became his followers after being greatly impressed by his personality and his teachings. To conclude, we fully agree with these words of Dr S.S. Kohli, “He had a holy mission to perform and his performance was no less than a miracle.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 3.
Describe in detail the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
What were the main teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji? What was their social importance?
Or
Study the main teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. what was their influence on society?
Or
Describe the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Study the main teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Briefly describe the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
The teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji were simple but impressive. His teachings had a miraculous effect on the minds of the people. His teachings were not meant for any particular class, caste or province. They were concerned with the whole humanity. His main teachings are as given ahead :

1. The Nature of God : Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only. He laid stress on the oneness of God in his Bani again and again. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. There are hundreds and thousands of deities but only one God. God is known by countless names, like Hari, Ram, Gopal, Wahe Guru, Sahib, Allah, Khuda etc. His manifestations may be many, but He is One and there is no other. Guru Nanak says, “Remember the one God who is contained in sea and land.”

God has two forms. He is Nirguna (without attributes) as well as Saguna (with attributes). He is the absolute Lord. Every thing happens in accordance with His will. He alone is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. He is immortal. He is the greatest of all. His greatness is beyond description.

2. Maya : According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, Maya is the biggest obstacle in man’s way of attaining salvation (mukti). An unregenerate (manmukh) man always indulges in the vicious circle of worldly things like wealth, status, power, luxury, beautiful woman, son etc. It is Maya. Thus, one who yields to Maya is caught in the cycle of transmigration and his chains are not cut.

3. Haumai : An unregenerate (manmukh) man has a very strong feeling of Haumai (ego). As a consequence of his haumai, he remains trapped in the worldly evils. The results are disastrous, for instead of leading a man to salvation, his haumai binds him more firmly to the wheel of transmigration.

4. Evil impulses : An unregenerate (manmukh) man is always surrounded by evil impulses. Kam (lust), krodh (anger), lobh (greed), moh (attachment) and hankar (pride) are five enemies of man. He commits sins and deceives others under their influence. Consequently, he is caught in stronger chains of transmigration and therefore he is destined to suffer the pains of hell.

5. Denunciation of the Caste System: The Hindu society of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s time was divided not only into four main castes—Brahmans, Kshatriyas, Vaishyas and Shudras but into many sub-castes also. The members of the upper castes hated the people of the lower castes and treated them very badly. The practice of untouchability was very common. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned the caste system and untouchability in unequivocal words. Guru Nanak Dev Ji preached the principle of universal brotherhood of mankind.

6. Condemnation of Idol Worship: Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned idol worship in unequivocal terms. He preached that idols are lifeless stones. If they are thrown into the water, they themselves would sink. How can those idols, which cannot save themselves help men to cross the ocean of the world? So, idol worship is useless and the worship of only one God is desirable.

7. Condemnation of Empty Rituals : Guru Nanak Dev Ji denounced empty rituals and blind faith which were in vogue in the society, in strong words. He told the people that they could not attain salvation (mukti) by putting a tilak on the forehead, applying ash on the body, by wearing earringsfby blowing of horns (shells), by keeping fasts, by undergoing penance in the forest, by offering water to the Sun, and by worshipping graves, khankahas, snakes, trees etc. Guru Nanak Dev Ji called all such acts as vain ceremonies. According to him, the religion of only such a man is true, who is true and pure at heart.

8. Denounced Ill-treatment of Women : During .the time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji the condition of women in Indian society was extremely pitiable. Many evil practices had crept in. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned emphatically all such evils as were prevalent among women of that time. In order to raise the status of women Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid emphasis on the equal rights of men and women. He says, “Why belittle her who gives birth to Rajas?”

9. Recitation of Nam and Sabad : Guru Nanak Dev Ji considered the recitation of Nam and Sabad as the highest form of God-worship. Man can get deliverance through Nam and Sabad from the world which is full of diseases and sufferings. Man’s arrival in this world (his birth) is futile, if he does not recite Nam and Sabad. Man remains entrapped in all sort of sins and in the vicious circle of transmigration without Nam. The Nam should be recited with a true heart and inner devotion (faith)* Dr. Dewan Singh aptly says, “Nam is the only and most efficacious source and agent for the redemption and salvation of the sinful and self-engrossed mankind.”

10. Importance of Guru : Guru Nanak Dev Ji regarded the blessings of the Guru as most important in order to reach God. According to him the Guru is the ladder by means of which one reaches God. It is the Guru who leads a man from darkness (ignorance) to light (enlightenment). But it is not an easy affair to find out a real Guru. Man cannot find the real Guru without the blessings of God Himself.

11. Hukam : The doctrine of Hukam (order) or the will of God occupies a crucial position in the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. Happiness or misery is in accordance with his Hukam. God’s Hukam cannot be evaded. Man should always obey the Hukam of God. He, who does so, is blessed by God and gets salvation. On the contrary, he who does not bow before the will of God, is bound to wander from pillar to post.

12. Sach Khand : According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, to reach the Sach Khand was the ultimate goal of human life. A man has to travel through Dharam Khand, Gian Khand, Saram Khand and Karam Khand in his journey to Sach Khand which is the final stage. Here, the soul merges with the Super Soul and all worries and sufferings disappear.

Importance of Teachings:

The teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji had a tremendous impact not only on religious and social fields, but on political fields also. His teachings went a long way in eliminating blind faiths and superstitions from the society, as the darkness of the horizon disappears before the sunrise. Consequently, a new awakening took place among people. They discarded useless rituals and started worship of one God. Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid the foundation of a new social order by condemning caste system, by propagating brotherhood of mankind, providing equal status to women in society, and by establishing institutions of ‘Sangat’ and ‘Pangat’. His teachings gave a rude jolt, even to the rulers of the time. According to famous historian Dr. I.B. Banerjee,
“The age of Guru Nanak Dev Ji was an age of ignorance and an age of strife, and we may say at once the message of Nanak was a message of truth and a message of peace.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Give a brief account of the contribution of Guru Nanak Dev Ji to Sikhism.
Answer:
When Guru Nanak Dev Ji was born in the 15th century, the people were groping in the darkness of ignorance. Condition of wom’en folk in society was very deplorable. Guru Nanak Dev Ji undertook travels in the various parts of the country and abroad to bring awareness in them. He founded two institutions namely Sangat and Pangat. Before he breathed his last in 1539 A.D. Guru Nanak Dev Ji nominated Bhai Lehna Ji (Guru Angad Dev Ji) as his successor. The nomination of Guru Angad Dev Ji proved very significant for the development of Sikh Panth.

Question 2.
What do you mean by Udasis? What were the aims of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis?
Or
What were the aims and importance of the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji mean the travels undertaken by him. Main objective of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis was to dispel ignorance and superstitions of the people. He wanted to convey the message of universal brotherhood of mankind and worship of the only one God to the people. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his Udasis to show a new path to the people, who were groping in darkness.

Question 3.
Give a brief account of the important Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Write a brief note on any three important Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his Udasis from Saidpur. On being asked by Malik Bhago, he told that we should earn our bread by honest and not by foul means.
(b) At Gorakhmata, Guru Nanak Dev Ji told the Sidh Jogis that man cannot attain salvation by wearing earrings or by rubbing ashes on the body but through purity of soul.
(c) Guru Ji proved at Mecca that God is Omnipresent and not confined to any particular place.

Question 4.
Write an essence of the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Write any three teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:

  • According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is one. He is formless and omnipresent,
  • He is immortal. He is omnipotent and kind,
  • He is the Creator, Sustainer and Destroyer of the world. So, we should not worship any other god or goddess except Him.
  • The Guru accepted Maya as the biggest hurdle in the way of salvation,
  • The Guru told that lust, anger, greed, attachment and pride are the five enemies of man.

Question 5.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of God?
Or
What were the views of Guru Nanak Dev Ji about God?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only. God has two forms. He is Nirguna (without attributes) as well as Saguna (with attributes). By His order (Hukam) the universe came into existence. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is the Sovereign Lord. Everything happens in accordance with His will. Guru Nanak Dev Ji says that the universe created by God is unstable and impermanent but God is immortal. He is beyond the cycle of birth, death and rebirth.

Question 6.
What type of religious beliefs and rituals were condemned by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned all the blind faiths of religion prevalent in society. He opposed idol-worship, Vedic rituals, going on pilgrimages, and other rituals connected with important occasions of life. The Brahmins were the main supporters of these rituals. He did not approve of the ideology of the Jogis for two reasons-

  • The Jogis lacked faith in God.
  • They remained away from society and shirked social responsibilities.

Question 7.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of Maya? Explain in brief.
Or
Describe Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of Maya.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji regarded Maya as the biggest hurdle in the way of man’s salvation. The multicoloured Maya allures man to itself. Maya to whom he loves so much does not accompany him after his death. It separates man from God, by keeping him absorbed in worldly things. One who yields to Maya also remains caught in the cycle of transmigration. Thus, he ruins his life.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 8.
What is the importance of guru in Guru Nanak Dev’s teachings?
Or
What was the concept of “Guru” according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid much emphasis on Guru. The Guru is a ladder by means of which one attains salvation. Without the Guru’s guidance, no one can attain salvation. An unregenerate (manmukh) man remains engrossed in worldly enjoyments. It is the Guru who purifies his mind. The Guru gives knowledge about Truth, Nam and Sabad. The Guru dispels the darkness of ignorance. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, a true Guru is God Himself, who is revealed through the Word (Sabad). ,

Question 9.
What is the importance of ‘Nam’ in Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji considered the recitation of Nam as the highest form of God-Worship. Man can get deliverance through Nam from the world which is full of diseases and sufferings. Those who recite Nam are free from all illusions and all their sorrows come to an end. Such a person’s soul blooms like a lotus. A man remains entrapped in all sorts of sins and in the vicious circle of transmigration without Nam.

Question 10.
What is the importance of Hukam in Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings?
Answer:
The doctrine of Hukam (order) or the will of God occupies a crucial position in the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The world moves in accordance with the will of God. Birth and death of a creature, appreciation or dishonour, happiness or misery is in accordance with His Hukam. His Hukam cannot be evaded. He who obeys the Hukam of God is blessed by God and attains salvation.

Question 11.
Write the views of Guru Nanak Dev Ji about women.
Answer:
The condition of women during Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s time was very- miserable. They were not considered equal to man’s in society. They were regarded as a commodity of sensual pleasure. Many evils existed among them like child marriage, polygamy, purdah system, sati system and divorce etc. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was in favour of women’s equal rights with men. He was in favour of giving education to women also.

Question 12.
What are Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s views on Caste?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji criticised the prevalent caste system in unequivocal terms. His main aim was to remove the social discrimination from the society. In his view no one could be rich or poor on the basis of the caste. In the court of God karma and not the caste decide the fate of a man. Guru Nanak Dev Ji opened the door of Sikhism for downtrodden classes.

Question 13.
What was the social meaning and significance of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s message?
Or
What was the impact of teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
The social meaning of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s message is very important. His message was for everyone. Any man or woman could take the path shown by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The path of salvation was open for all. Guru Nanak Dev Ji preached social equality. Guru Nanak Dev Ji condemned the caste system in strong words. In order to put his message of social equality into practice, he founded two institutions i.e. Sangat and Pangat. No discrimination of caste was observed while preparing the Langar.

Question 14.
How far were the teachings of Guru Nanak Dev Ji different from the Bhakti reformers? ,
Answer:
According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, God is formless. He never acquires the human form. The Bhakti preachers regard Krishna and Rama as the incarnations of God. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was against idol-worship, while the other religious preachers had full faith in it. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in leading a married life. The Bhakti preachers thought it to be a big hurdle, in the way of salvation. Guru Nanak Dev Ji founded two institutions of Sangat and Pangat. The Bhakti preachers did not set up any such institution.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 15.
Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a great poet and musician. Explain.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji was not only a great religious saint but also a great poet and musician. There are 976 Sabads (hymns) in Guru Granth Sahib which are composed by Guru Nanak Dev Ji. It shows that Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a great poet. The poems of Guru Nanak Dev Ji touch the concept of God and Humanity and the relationship between both. He took the help of music to spread his message. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was well versed with many types of Ragas. His music had deep influence on the minds of the listeners.

Question 16.
How and where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji spend last 18 years of his life?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji spent the last 18 years of his life with his family at Kartarpur. During this period, he set up the institutions of Sangat and Pangat. Sangat meant the congregation, which gathered to hear the Bani of the Guru everyday. Pangat means to sit in a queue and take food together. In this Langar (the community kitchen), no discrimination of caste, creed or religion was observed. Guru Nanak Dev Ji composed 976 Shabads.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
Who was the founder of Sikhism?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev. Ji.

Question 2.
When was Guru Nanak Dev Ji born?
Answer:
1469 A.D.

Question 3.
Where was Guru Nanak Dev Ji born?
Answer:
Talwandi.

Question 4.
With what name the birthplace of Guru Nanak Dev Ji is now called?
Answer:
Nankana Sahib.

Question 5.
Who said it, “Satgur Nanak Pargatiya Miti Dhund Jag Chanan Hoa”?
Answer:
Bhai Gurdas Ji.

Question 6.
What was the name of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s father?
Answer:
Mehta Kalu Ji.

Question 7.
To which caste did Mehta Kalu belong?
Answer:
Bedi.

Question 8.
Who was Mehta Kalu?
Answer:
He was the father of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 9.
What was the name of the Mother of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Tripta Ji.

Question 10.
Who was Tripta Ji?
Answer:
She was the Mother of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 11.
What was the name of the sister of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bebe Nanaki.

Question 12.
What was the name of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Wife?
Answer:
Bibi Sulakhni Ji.

Question 13.
With how many rupees did Guru Nanak do Sacha Sauda?
Answer:
20 rupees.

Question 14.
Why was Guru Nanak Dev Ji sent to Sultanpur Lodhi?
Answer:
To do a job.

Question 15.
When was Guru Nanak Dev Ji enlightened?
Answer:
1499 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 16.
What was the first utterance of Guru Nanak Dev Ji after enlightenment?
Or
With which words did Guru Nanak Dev Ji start his preaching work?
Answer:
“Na Ko Hindu Na Ko Musalman”.

Question 17.
What is meant by the Udasis of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
His travels.

Question 18.
What was the purpose of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis?
Answer:
To dispel the ignorance prevalent among people and to preach Holy Name.

Question 19.
When did Guru Nanak start his first Udasi?
Answer:
1499 A.D.

Question 20.
From wh§re did Guru Nanak Dev Ji start his first Udasi?
Answer:
Saidpur (Eminabad).

Question 21.
Name any two places visited by Guru Nanak during his first Udasi.
Answer:
(a) Delhi and
(b) Kurukshetra.

Question 22.
Who was the constant companion of Guru Nanak Sahib Ji?
Or
Who was the companion of Guru Nank Dev Ji during Udasis?’
Or
Who was the companion of Guru Nanak Dev Ji at the time of Udasis?
Answer:
Bhai Mardana.

Question 23.
Which instrument did Bhai Mardana play while performing kirtan?
Answer:
Rabab.

Question 24.
Who was the first disciple of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Bhai Lalo.

Question 25.
Why did Guru Nanak Dev Ji refuse the food of Malik Bhago?
Answer:
Because it was not earned by honest means.

Question 26.
Where did Sri Guru Nanak Dev Ji met with Sajjan?
Answer:
At Talumba.

Question 27.
Where had Guru Nanak Dev Ji watered the fields facing towards West?
Answer:
Haridwar.

Question 28.
Which Sufi Saint did Guru Nanak Dev Ji meet at Panipat?
Answer:
Shaikh Tahir.

Question 29.
What was Gorakhmata named as after Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasi?
Answer:
Nanak Mata.

Question 30.
Who was Nurshai?
Answer:
Nurshai was the famous witch of Kamrup.

Question 31.
In which temple Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained the meaning of true Aarti to the people in Orissa?
Answer:
Jagan Nath Puri.

Question 32.
What did Guru Nanak Dev Ji preach the Sidhs of Kailash Parbat?
Answer:
To do social service.

Question 33.
Which ruler of Ceylon met Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Shivnath.

Question 34.
At which place did Guru Nanak Dev Ji move Kaba during his Udasis?
Answer:
Mecca.

Question 35.
With which Qazi Guru Nanak Dev Ji had confrontation?
Answer:
Rukun-ud-Din.

Question 36.
With what name is Hasan Abdal now known?
Answer:
Panja Sahib.

Question 37.
Sri Guru Nanak Dev Ji met with which Shaikh at Baghdad?
Answer:
Shaikh Behlol.

Question 38.
When was Guru Nanak Dev Ji arrested for some time?
Answer: 1520 A.D.

Question 39.
Who was the Mughal ruler at the time of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Babar.

Question 40.
Name any one prominent teaching of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
God is one.

Question 41.
What was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s concept of Maya?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji considered this world as Maya.

Question 42.
How many enemies of man have been identified by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Five.

Question 43.
What is the concept of Guru in Sikh religion, according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Guru is the ladder by which one reaches God.

Question 44.
What is the importance of meditation of God according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Without the meditation of God the coming of man into this world is fruitless.

Question 45.
Name any two traits of Manmukh (Unregenerate Man).
Answer:
A Manmukh is always surrounded by sensual lust.

Question 46.
What is self-surrender?
Answer:
To give up ego.

Question 47.
What do you mean by the word ‘Nadar5?
Or
What is meant by ‘Nadar5?
Answer:
Grace of God.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Question 48.
What do you mean by Hukam?
Answer:
The decree of God.

Question 49.
What is the concept of Kirat?
Answer:
Earning by one’s honest labour.

Question 50.
What is meant by ‘Anjan Mahe Niranjan5?
Answer:
Leading a simple and pious life amidst the impurities of the world.

Question 51.
Which three things did Guru Nanak Dev Ji ask his disciples to follow?
Or
Write the essence of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s teachings in three words.
Answer:
Do honest labour, utter Nam and eat after distributing.

Question 52.
Who started the tradition of Kirtan?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 53.
Write the name of the town established by Guru Nanak on the bank of Ravi.
Answer:
Kartarpur.

Question 54.
What is meant by word Kartarpur?
Answer:
The abode of God.

Question 55.
Which two institutions were established at Kartarpur by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Sangat and Pangat.

Question 56.
What is the meaning of Sangat?
Answer:
Sangat means the congregation which listens to the hymns of Guru.

Question 57.
What is the meaning of Pangat?
Answer:
Pangat means a group of people sitting in a queue to eat langar.

Question 58.
Which Guru Sahib started the system of Langar?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 59.
What do you know about ‘Guru Ka Langar’?
Or
Which Guru Sahib started the Langar system?
Answer:
(a) Guru Ka Langar was started by Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
(b) All men and women in the congregation take their meals together without any discrimination.

Question 60.
Give a difference between the teachings of Guru Nanak and other Bhagats.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Ji was against idol worship but other Bhagats were not.

Question 61.
Where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji spend his last years?
Answer:
Kartarpur (Pakistan).

Question 62.
How many Shabads were composed by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
976.

Question 63.
Name the main two compositions of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Name only two compositions of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Which two ‘Banis’ were composed by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
(a) Japji Sahib,
(b) Asa Di Var.

Question 64.
Which Guru Sahib pronounced Babar Bani?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Sahib.

Question 65.
Where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji immerse in Eternal Light?
Answer:
1539 A.D. at Kartarpur (Pakistan).

Question 66.
Whom did Guru Nanak Dev Ji appoint his successor?
Answer:
Guru Angad Dev Ji.

Question 67.
Why did Guru Nanak Dev Ji give the name of Guru Angad Dev to Bhai Lehna Ji?
Answer:
Because he considered him as the part of his body.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Fill in the blanks:

1. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was born in ……………….
Answer:
1469 A.D.

2. The name of the father of Guru Nanak Dev Ji was ………………
Answer:
Metha Kalu

3. ……………… was the name of the sister of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
Bebe Nanaki

4. The name of mother of Guru Nanak Dev Ji was ………………..
Answer:
Tripta Ji

5. Guru Nanak Dev Ji did Sacha Sauda with ………………. rupees.
Answer:
20

6. Guru Nanak Dev Ji worked in Modikhana of ………………..
Answer:
Sultanpur Lodhi

7. Guru Nanak Dev Ji got the enlightenment at the age of ……………..
Answer:
30

8. After enlightenment, Guru Nanak Dev Ji uttered the first words, ………………
Answer:
“Na Ko Hindu, Na Ko Muslman”

9. Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis were his …………..
Answer:
travels

10. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started, first Udasis in ……………….. A.D.
Answer:
1499

11. ……………….. was the companion of Guru Nanak Dev Ji at the time of Udasis.
Answer:
Bhai Mardana

12. Guru Nanak Dev Ji visited ………………. first during his first Udasi.
Answer:
Saidpur

13. Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Sajjan thug at …………………
Answer:
Talumba

14. Guru Nanak Dev Ji watered his farms at …………………..
Answer:
Haridwar

15. Guru Nanak Dev Ji told the importance of actual worship (aarti) at …………………
Answer:
Jagannath Puri

16. Guru Nanak Dev Ji met the Siddhas at ……………….
Answer:
Kailash Parbat

17. At the time of Udasi of Mecca, ……………… was the Qazi there.
Answer:
Rukun-ud-Din

18. Guru Nanak Dev Ji spent his last years in …………..
Answer:
Kartarpur

19. Guru Nanak Dev Ji established the two institutions of ………………… and ………………..
Answer:
Sangat, Pangat

20. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in …………….. God.
Answer:
one

21. Guru Nanak Dev Ji ……………….. the caste system and Idol worship.
Answer:
condemned

22. There are ……………….. enemies of man as told by .Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
five

23. According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji, the ultimate aim of human life is to reach ……………
Answer:
Sach Khand

24. Guru Nanak Dev Ji immersed in Eternal Light in ………………….
Answer:
1539 A.D.

25. Guru Nanak Dev Ji appointed ……………… as his successor.
Answer:
Bhai Lehna Ji

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

True or False:

1. Guru Nanak Dey Ji was born on 15th April 1469 A.D.
Answer:
True

2. The birth place of Guru Nanak Dey Ji is called ‘Punja Sahib’.
Answer:
False

3. The name of the father of Guru Nanak Dey Ji was Mehta Kalu.
Answer:
True

4. The name of the mother of Guru Nanak Dey Ji was Sabrai Devi.
Answer:
False

5. The name of the sister of Guru Nanak Dey Ji was Bebe Nanaki.
Answer:
True

6. Guru Nanak Dey Ji was related to Beth family.
Answer:
True

7. Guru Nanak Dey Ji did the Sacha Sauda with Rs. 40 only.
Answer:
False

8. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was married to inhabitant of Amritsar, Sulakhni.
Answer:
False

9. Sri Chand and Lakhmi Das were the sons of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
True

10. Guru Nanak Dev Ji got a job in Modikhanna of Goindwal Sahib.
Answer:
False

11. After enlightment, Guru Nanak Dev Ji uttered, “Na Ko Hindu, Na Ko Musalman.”
Answer:
True

12. At the time of enlightment, Guru Nanak Dev Ji was 35 year old.
Answer:
False

13. The travels of Guru Nanak Dev Ji are called Udasis.
Answer:
True

14. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started his first Udasi from Saidpur.
Answer:
True

15. Guru Nanak Dev Ji stayed at the house of Malik Bhago.
Answer:
False

16. Guru Nanak Dev Ji met Sajjan Thug at Kurukshetra.
Answer:
False

17. Guru Nanak Dev Ji offered water to his fields at Haridwar.
Answer:
True

18. Guru Nanak Dev Ji explained about the real worship of God Almighty to the priests of Jagannath Puri.
Answer:
True

19. At Mecca, Guru Nanak Dev Ji slept with his feet towards the Kaaba.
Answer:
True

20. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in one God only.
Answer:
True

21. Guru Nanak Dev Ji started two institutions of ‘Sangat and Pangat’.
Answer:
True

22. Guru Nanak Dev Ji believed in caste system and idol worship.
Answer:
False

23. Guru Nanak Dev Ji laid emphasis on the equal rights of men and women.
Answer:
True

24. Guru Nanak Dev Ji immersed in Eternal Light in 1539 A.D.
Answer:
True

25. Guru Nanak Dev Ji nominated Bhai Lehna Ji as his successor.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 4 Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Life and His Teachings

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who was the foundier of Sikhism?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Angad Dev Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji

2. When was Guru Nanak Dev Ji born?
(a) In 1459 A.D.
(b) In 1469 A.D.
(c) In 1479 A.D.
(d) In 1489 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1469 A.D.

3. Which was the birth place of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Kirtpur Sahib
(b) Kartarpur
(c) Talwandi
(d) Lahore.
Answer:
(c) Talwandi

4. What was the name of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s father?
(a) Mehta Kalu Ji
(b) Jai Ram Ji
(c) Sri Chand Ji
(d) Pherumal Ji.
Answer:
(a) Mehta Kalu Ji

5. What was the name of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s mother? .
(a) Khivi Ji
(b) Tripta Ji
(c) Nanaki Ji
(d) Gujari Ji.
Answer:
(b) Tripta Ji

6. Who was Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s sister?
(a) Nanaki Ji
(b) Bhani Ji
(c) Dani Ji
(d) Khivi Ji.
Answer:
(a) Nanaki Ji

7. With how many rupees Guru Nanak Dev Ji did Sacha Sauda?
(a) 10
(b) 20
(c) 30
(d) 50
Answer:
(b) 20

8. Name the wife of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
(a) Ganga Devi Ji
(b) Sulakhni Ji
(c) Bibi Veero Ji
(d) Bibi Bhani Ji.
Answer:
(b) Sulakhni Ji

9. Where did Mehta Kalu send Nanak to do a job?
(a) Multan
(b) Lahore
(c) Sultanpur Lodhi
(d) Kiratpur Sahib.
Answer:
(c) Sultanpur Lodhi

10. At what age did Guru Nanak Dev Ji get the enlightenment?
(a) 20 years
(b) 22 years
(c) 26 years
(d) 30 years
Answer:
(d) 30 years

11. What was the purpose of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s Udasis?
(a) To dispel the prevalent superstitions among people
(b) To preach Holy Name
(c) To spread the message of universal brotherhood of mankind
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

12. From where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji start his first Udasi?
(a) Gorakhmata
(b) Haridwar
(c) Saidpur
(d) Kurukshetra
Answer:
(c) Saidpur

13. Where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji meet Sajjan Thug (Cheat)?
(a) At Talumba
(b) At Saidpur
(c) At Delhi
(d) At Dhubri.
Answer:
(a) At Talumba

14. Where did Guru Nanak Dev Ji meet with witch Nurshahi?
(a) Gaya
(b) Kamrup
(c) Dhubri
(d) Banaras.
Answer:
(b) Kamrup

15. At which place Guru Nanak Dev Ji told that Nature all the time, is busy with the worship of God.
(a) Haridwar
(b) Kurukshetra
(c) Banaras
(d) Jagan Nath Puri
Answer:
(d) Jagan Nath Puri

16. Which ruler of Ceylon met Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Krishandev Rai
(b) Bholenath
(c) Shivnath
(d) Shanker Dev.
Answer:
(c) Shivnath

17. Which of the following place is now called Punja Sahib?
(a) Pakpattan
(b) Sialkot
(c) Hasan Abdal
(d) Gorakhmata.
Answer:
(c) Hasan Abdal

18. Which Qazi stopped Guru Nanak Dev Ji to sleep with his feet towards Kabha at Mecca?
(a) Bah-ud-Din
(b) Qutub-ud-Din
(c) Rukun-ud-Din
(d) Bahlol.
Answer:
(c) Rukun-ud-Din

19. When did Guru Nanak Dev Ji settle at Kartarpur?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1520 A.D.
(c) In 1521. A.D.
(d) In 1522 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1521. A.D.

20. What is the nature of God according to Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Or
What was the concept of God of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) He is all powerful.
(b) He is immortal.
(c) He is Nirguna and Saguna.
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

21. Which of the following is not the nature of Unregenerate man?
(a) He always indulges in vicious circle of Maya.
(b) He always worships God.
(c) He has a strong feeling of ego (Haumai).
(d) He is always surrounded by evil impulses.
Answer:
(b) He always worships God.

22. Which of the following was not denounced by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Priestly class
(b) Caste system
(c) Idol worship
(d) Equality of men and women.
Answer:
(d) Equality of men and women.

23. What were the means of achieving the Ultimate object of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Recitation of Nam
(b) Self surrender
(c) To obey the Hukam of God
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

24. How many enemies of man have been identified by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(d) Five

25. Which things did Guru Nanak Dev Ji ask every man to follow?
(a) To do honest labour (Kirat Kama)
(b) To utter Nam (Nam Japna).
(c) To eat after distributing (Wand Chakna).
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

26. Who started the tradition of Kirtan?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Arjan Dev Ji
(d) Guru Gobind Singh Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji

27. Which of the following fact proves that Guru Nanak Dev Ji was a Revolutionary?
(a) Establishment of new institutions
(b) Opposed the caste system
(c) Condemned the Idol worship
(d) All of the above.
Answer:
(d) All of the above.

28. Whom did Guru Nanak Dev Ji appoint his successor?
(a) Bhai Jetha Ji
(b) Bhai Durga Ji
(c) Bhai Lehna Ji
(d) Sri Chand Ji
Answer:
(c) Bhai Lehna Ji

29. In which year Guru Nanak Dev Ji immersed in Eternal Light?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1529 A.D.
(c) In 1539 A.D.
(d) In 1549 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1539 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 12th Class History Book Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 12 History Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Long Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Explain the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What was the general political condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the political condition of Punjab was very unstable. As a result of the wrong policies of Lodhi Sultans lawlessness prevailed all around. The ruling class remained engrossed in pleasure-seeking. Feasts were held every day in the courts. The female dancers took part in these celebrations in a big number and drinking sessions were freely held. As a result, nobody had time to attend to the problems of the people. The govt, officials had become corrupt to the core and bribery was rampant; so much so that Qazis and Ulemas delivered justice only when their palm was greased. The Muslims perpetrated. tyranny on the Hindus and converted them to Islam at the point of the sword.

The state administration had collapsed. Taking advantage of such conditions, Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab declared himself independent. In this regard, he invited Babar to invade India. Babar defeated Daulat Khan Lodhi towards the end of 1525 A.D. and took control of Punjab. He defeated Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi in the first battle of Panipat on 21 April 1526 A.D. and founded the Mughal rule in India.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 2.
“At the beginning of the 16th century, Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle”. Explain.
Or
Explain the triangular struggle of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle. This triangular struggle began between Babar, the ruler of Kabul, Ibrahim Lodhi, the ruler of Delhi and Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to become an independent ruler of Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he ordered Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan Lodhi sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When he reached Delhi, he was arrested and thrown into prison.

Somehow, Dilawar Khan managed to escape from the prison. On reaching Punjab, he narrated to Daulat Khan Lodhi, his father, the treatment meted out to him in Delhi. In order to take revenge for this insult, he invited Babar to invade India, which was already looking for such a golden opportunity. In this triangular struggle, Babar Came out victorious. In 1525¬26 A.D. he not only took control of Punjab but also occupied Delhi. Thus, the foundation of Mughal rule in India was laid.

Question 3.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi? What were the causes of the struggle between Daulat Khan Lodhi and Ibrahim Lodhi?
Or
Write a short note on Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi was the Governor of Punjab. He was appointed to this post in 1500 A.D. The main cause of the struggle between Daulat Khan Lodhi and Ibrahim Lodhi was that the former wanted to be an independent ruler of Punjab. For this purpose, he hatched a conspiracy with Alam Khan, the foster brother of Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted to acquire the throne of Delhi. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he issued an order to Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court of Delhi. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When Dilawar Khan reached there, he was arrested and put into prison. He was ill-treated in jail. But soon he succeeded in escaping from jail. On reaching Punjab, he appraised his father Daulat Khan of the ill-treatment meted out to him in Delhi. Daulat Khan invited Babar to invade India, in order to take revenge for the insult. Later on Daulat Khan Lodhi turned against Babar. Babar defeated him in 1525 A.D and occupied Punjab.

Question 4.
Who was Babar? When and how many times did he invade Punjab? Write briefly about these invasions.
Or
Give a brief account of Babar’s five invasions over Punjab.
Answer:
Babar was the ruler of Kabul. He invaded Punjab five times from 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D. He invaded Punjab for the first time in 1519 A.D. Babar captured Bhera and Bajaur regions during this invasion. As soon as Babar returned, the people took back their control. In the same year, Babar invaded Punjab for the second time. This time Babar occupied Peshawar. During his third invasion over Punjab in 1520 A.D. Babar brought Bajaur, Bhera and Sialkot under his control. After this, he attacked Saidpur. Babar thoroughly plundered Saidpur during this invasion. The Mughal army arrested Guru Nanak also along with other people. Later on, with the intervention of Babar, Guru Nanak was released. In 1524 A.D. on the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, Babar invaded Punjab for the fourth time and seized it without much difficulty. Later on, Daulat Khan Lodhi turned against Babar. In order to teach Daulat Khan Lodhi a lesson, Babar invaded Punjab for the 5th time in November 1525 A.D. He defeated Daulat Khan Lodhi and occupied Punjab. After this, Babar defeated Ibrahim Lodhi on April 21, 1526 A.D. in the first battle of Panipat. Thus, Babar established the Mughal dynasty in India. ‘

Question 5.
When did Babar invade Saidpur? What is its importance in Sikh History?
Answer:
Babar invaded Saidpur in 1520 A.D. The people of this place stoutly resisted Babar. Consequently, Babar got angry. His forces massacred people in a large number, set the houses and palaces on fire after plundering them. Thousands of women were taken into custody and they were maltreated. Guru Nanak was in Saidpur at that time and he wrote in his ‘Babar Bani’ about the tyranny of the Mughal army on people. The army of Babar had arrested Guru Ji also. Later on, when Babar came to know about the piety of Guru Nanak, he at once ordered his release. Babar wrote in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babri that if he had known that such a great saint was living in that city, he would never have attacked and ransacked it. On the intervention of Guru Nanak, several innocent people were let off.

Question 6.
Why and where did the battle take place between Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi?
Or
Give a brief account of the First Battle of Panipat.
Or
Explain the First Battle of Panipat and its significance.
Answer:
Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle, Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 7.
What led to the victory of Babar in the first battle of Panipat?
Or
Give a brief account of the causes of the victory of Babar and the defeat of the Afghans in India.
Answer:
Many factors were responsible for Babar’s victory in the battle of Panipat. Ibrahim Lodhi, the Sultan of Delhi was notorious for his ill-treatment and the tyranny caused to his nobles and his subjects. They wanted to get rid of such a ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was also very weak. Most of the soldiers had joined him with the purpose of looting. Their methods of fighting were also outdated and they lacked proper training. Ibrahim committed a political blunder in not attacking Babar’s army for 8 days in Panipat. Had he not allowed Babar to strengthen his security, the results of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able commander. He had a vast experience of fighting battles. The artillery of Babar created havoc. The soldiers of Ibrahim could not face them with their swords, bows and arrows. With all these factors, the Afghans were defeated and Babar came out victorious.

Question 8.
Explain the social condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What do you know about the social condition of Punjab at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the society of Punjab was divided into two main classes-the Hindus and Muslims. The Muslims being related to the ruling class, enjoyed some special privileges. They were appointed to high offices of the State. On the other hand, the Hindus were deprived of all their rights. The Muslims called them Kafirs (non-believers). The Muslims perpetrated so much tyranny on the Hindus that several Hindus embraced Islam under duress. At that time, the condition of women was not good. The dresses of upper-class Muslims used to be costly and were made of silk or velvet. The garments worn by the people of the lower class and the Hindus were simple. Hunting, horse racing, chess-playing, dancing, music, animal-fighting and playing cards were the main sources of entertainment of the people.

Question 9.
What was the condition of women in the society of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Explain briefly.
Answer:
The condition of the women-folk in the society of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century, was highly deplorable. The women were considered not equal in status to men. They were confined within the four walls of the house. At that time many girls were killed as soon as they were born. They were married off in their childhood. As a result, no attention was given to girls’ education. Sati System was also at its climax. A widow was not allowed to re-marry. She was forced to lead a hellish life. The condition of Muslim women was also not good. Many prescriptions in society existed for them. They were treated as objects of sensual pleasure. Their condition had become deplorable due to prostitution, the divorce system and the purdah system. Women of high-class Muslims enjoyed some special privileges but they were few in number.

Question 10.
Into which classes were the Muslim society of Punjab divided and what type of life did they lead, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslim society was divided into three classes:

  • Upper Class: The Upper Class of Muslim society comprised the nobles, Khans, Sheikhs, Qazis and Ulemas. People of this class led a life of pleasure, luxury and comfort. They lived in palatial buildings. Most of their time was spent on celebrations. Although Qazis and Ulemas were religious leaders, most of them had gone astray from their path.
  • Middle Class: The Middle Class included traders, soldiers, peasants and petty officials of the state government. There was a big gap between their life and that of upper-class people, But their standard of living was much better than that of the upper-class Hindus.
  • Lower Class: This class consisted of mostly slaves and servants. Their life was not good. They had to bear the tyranny of their masters.

Question 11.
What was the social condition of Muslims of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the Muslim classes of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The Muslim society of Punjab at the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes: The Muslim society in Punjab at the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

  • Upper Class: The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, Khans, Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces.
  • Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.
  • Lower Class: It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood! Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress: The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of the lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjamas and women wore long burqas.

5. Education: No remarkable progress was made in the field of education at the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, mastabas and madrasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and mastabas whereas higher education was provided in the madrassas. Madrasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were well-known centres. education for -the Muslims in Punjab.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 12.
What was the social condition of the Hindus in the society of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Make a mention of the social condition of Hindus in Punjab in the opening of the 16th Century.
Answer:
1. Caste System: The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in society. The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas, however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days.

2. Position of Women: The position of women in Hindu society was also not satisfactory. She was deprived of those rights which were given to men. No attention was paid to girls’ education. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among Hindu women. The custom of Sati was also on the rise.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore a sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt-like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment: The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

Question 13.
Give a brief account of prevalent education in Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
No special progress was made in the field of education at the beginning of the 16th century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, mastabas and madrasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and mastabas whereas higher education was provided in madrasas. Madrasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and – Multan were the well-known centres of education for the Muslims in Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in Punjab. The Hindus received education from the Brahmins in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these’ places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madrassas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Question 14.
What were the main means of entertainment of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and witnessing animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and cheaper. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show. At the beginning of the 16th century, the Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

Question 15.
Give a brief account of the economic condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Explain the economic condition of Punjab during the 16th century.
Or
Briefly mention the economic condition of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
1. Agriculture: At the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. The soil of Punjab was very fertile. The land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of Punjab were hard working. Agriculture was mainly dependent upon rain. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Due to the rich harvests, Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries: Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The textile industry was the most famous industry in Punjab. Besides the textile industry, there were other industries that manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade: The trade of Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. In those days the foreign trade of Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cottonseed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn, Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 16.
Give a brief account of agriculture in Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, agriculture was the main occupation of people in Punjab. Land in Punjab was very fertile. There was no dearth of land to bring it under cultivation. People here were very hard-working. Canals, ponds and wells were used for irrigation. Due to these reasons, there used to be bumper harvests despite the fact that old methods were used for farming. The main crops of Punjab were wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane. Besides, cotton, mustard, jawar, bajra and pulses were also cultivated. As there used to be bumper harvests, Punjab was called Granary of India.

Question 17.
What do you know about the Punjab industries at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state-owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry in Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in a big quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides the textile industry, there were other industries that manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

Question 18.
Give a brief account of the trade of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Give an account of the main industries of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The trade of Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajan’s, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. The traders travelled in groups for fear of burglars and dacoits. The institution of Hundi was in vogue. The money lenders lent money on interest. Special markets were organised On the occasions of fairs and festivals. Such markets were held at Multan, Lahore, Jalandhar, Dipalpur, Sirhind, Sunam, Samana etc. in Punjab. People came to these markets in a very large number and purchased their necessities. Special markets were held for animals also. In those days the foreign trade of Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cottonseed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn, Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

Question 19.
What was the living standard of people at the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In those days, the standard of living of all the people of Punjab was not the same. The upper-class Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. They lived in big palaces. They wore costly clothes. They ate a rich diet. Wine and women were part of their life. A large number of servants, slaves and women were always at their disposal. The upper-class Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle-class Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes. They always remained under the debt of the money-lenders.

Essay Type Questions:

Question 1.
Describe the political condition of Punjab at the time (In the beginning of the 16th century) of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth.
Or
While describing briefly the invasions of Babar over Punjab, explain the causes of his success.
Or
Describe the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
Answer:
The political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. In those days the Punjab was under the Sultanate of Delhi. The Sultans of the Lodhi dynasty were ruling at that time. Thus, it becomes essential for us to know briefly about the rule of Lodhi Sultans for proper , understanding of the political condition of the Punjab.

The Punjab Under the Lodhis:

In the beginning of the 16th century, anarchy and conspiracies prevailed everywhere in the Punjab.

1. Tatar Khan Lodhi : Bahlol Lodhi had appointed Tatar Khan Lodhi, one of his near relatives, as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D. He ruled over the Punjab with an iron hand till 1485 A.D. He raised the banner of revolt against Bahlol Lodhi in 1485 A.D. due to some reasons. The Sultan sent his son Prince Nizam Khan, who later succeeded to the throne as Sikandar Lodhi, to crush the revolt of Tatar Khan. Tatar Khan was killed while fighting with Prince Nizam Khan.

2. Daulat Khan Lodhi : Daulat Khan Lodhi was the son of Tatar Khan Lodhi. Sultan Sikandar Lodhi appointed him the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. He remained fully loyal during the reign of Sikandar Lodhi, but he started thinking of becoming independent with the cooperation of his three sons (Ghazi Khan, Haji Khan and Dilawar Khan) during the reign of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi. He even started conspiring with Alam Khan Lodhi, a step-brother of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted the throne of Delhi for himself. When the Sultan came to know about these conspiracies, he summoned Daulat Khan to the royal court. Daulat Khan Lodhi, sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. Dilawar Khan was taken prisoner by the Sultan and was treated very badly. However, he managed to escape from the prison and quickly reached Punjab. He narrated the bad treatment meted out to him by the Sultan to his father, Daulat Khan. Daulat Khan Lodhi in order to avenge this insult, invited Babar to invade India.

3. Condition of Subjects : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, the condition of the subjects was also very deplorable. The rulers used to indulge in luxuries and merry-making. Extravagant parties had become a daily routine of the court. None had time to take care of the public. As a consequence of this, the government officials became corrupt. Bribery was common. Not to speak of the Sultan, even Qazis and Ulemas took bribe and delivered justice accordingly. All sorts of atrocities were let loose on the Hindus. They were being converted to Islam by force. Those, who refused were put to death. In short, atrocities, cruelties, corruption and intrigue were prevalent all over. The prevailing political condition of the time has been aptly described by Guru Nanak Dev Ji in Var Majh, “Kal kati raje kasai, Dharam pankhkar udriya, Koor amavas sach chandrama dise nahin keh chariya.” This Kali age is like a sword, the Kings are butchers. Goodness has taken wings and flown away. There is pitch darkness and the moon of truth shines nowhere.

Invasions of Babar:

A triangular contest began for the possession of Punjab in 1519 A.D. It took place between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar. Finally Babar won the struggle. He had to invade India five times to- fulfil his aim.’ A brief description of these invasions is given below :

1. First Invasion of Babar 1519 AL.D. : Babar was the ruler of Kabul. In order to expand his empire, Babar concentrated on India, because anarchy and lawlessness prevailed in India at that time. He stormed the border areas of the Punjab in his first invasion of India in 1519 A.D. This time he captured Bhera and Bajaur without facing any resistance. He placed these areas under the charge of Hindu Beg and himself returned to Kabul.

2. Second Invasion of Babar 1519 A.D.: People of Bhera and Bajaur pushed out Hindu Beg from their region soon after Babar had returned to Kabul. So, Babar attacked the Punjab, the second time in September, 1519 A.D. Now, he captured Peshawar. However, he had to return as a revolt had broken out in Badakhshan.

3. Third Invasion of Babar 1520 A.D.: Babar’s third invasion of the Punjab took place in 1520 A.D. During this invasion he easily captured Bhera, Bajaur and Sialkot. Then he attacked Saidpur (Eminabad). The people of Saidpur resisted the attack, so Babar in a fit of fury massacred a large number of people in cold blood.

The whole city was mercilessly plundered. Thousands of women were captured and molested. Guru Nanak Dev Ji, who was present in Saidpur at that time, has mentioned in ‘Babar Vani’ the atrocities let loose on the people by Babar’s army. Guru Nanak Dev writes, ‘‘Khurasan he ruleth and Hindustan he has invaded. No blame to Thee, who ordaineth. The Moghuls hath come for retribution. So much suffering had been inflicted, People cry in agony. Hath Thou not felt?” Babar’s soldiers had arrested Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later, when Babar came to know that his soldiers had arrested a great saint, he immediately ordered his release. Babar writes in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babari that if he had known that such a great saint lived in this town, he would have never attacked it.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

4. Fourth Invasion of Babarl524 A.D. : Babar attacked Punjab the fourth time in 1524 A.D. at the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. He reached Lahore without meeting any stiff resistance. At Lahore, some Afghan Chiefs resisted him against the wishes of Daulat Khan. As a result, Babar flew into a rage and Lahore experienced a reign of terror, destruction and savagery. A large number of people were killed. Houses and streets were set on fire. Then, Babar reached Dipalpur and captured it with the cooperation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. It was also mercilessly sacked. Thereafter, he took control of the Jalandhar Doab. Thus, having conquered the Punjab, Babar placed the territories of Jalandhar Doab and Sultanpur under the charge of Daulat Khan Lodhi. But, as it was much below the expectation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, he along with his son Haji Khan, revolted against Babar. Babar defeated them, but they fled and took refuge in Shivalik hills. Soon after Babar returned to Kabul, Daulat Khan came back to Punjab, defeated the Mughals and recaptured the Punjab.

5. Fifth Invasion of Babar 1525-26 A.D. : Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort” of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards the Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April, 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

Causes of Babar’s Success:

There were many causes (factors) responsible for Babar’s victory in the first battle of Panipat. Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi was quite unpopular among the chiefs a nd the public for his indecent behaviour and cruelties. So, they wanted to get rid of such an incompetent ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was very weak. Many soldiers in his army had gathered for the purpose of looting only. Their method of warfare was obsolete and they lacked planning. Ibrahim Lodhi committed a grave political and military blunder, when he did not attack Babar’s army for eight days. If, he had not allowed Babar to consolidate his defence system, the result of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able army general. He had a good experience of wars and battles. His use of artillery caused havoc among the Afghan soldiers. The above description makes it clear that there was anarchy and unrest in Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century and it had become an arena of battles and conspiracies.

Question 2.
Discuss the social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Question 3.
Explain the political and social conditions of Punjab at the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Or
Give a brief account of the political and social conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:

The political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. In those days the Punjab was under the Sultanate of Delhi. The Sultans of the Lodhi dynasty were ruling at that time. Thus, it becomes essential for us to know briefly about the rule of Lodhi Sultans for proper , understanding of the political condition of the Punjab.

The Punjab Under the Lodhis:

In the beginning of the 16th century, anarchy and conspiracies prevailed everywhere in the Punjab.

1. Tatar Khan Lodhi : Bahlol Lodhi had appointed Tatar Khan Lodhi, one of his near relatives, as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D. He ruled over the Punjab with an iron hand till 1485 A.D. He raised the banner of revolt against Bahlol Lodhi in 1485 A.D. due to some reasons. The Sultan sent his son Prince Nizam Khan, who later succeeded to the throne as Sikandar Lodhi, to crush the revolt of Tatar Khan. Tatar Khan was killed while fighting with Prince Nizam Khan.

2. Daulat Khan Lodhi : Daulat Khan Lodhi was the son of Tatar Khan Lodhi. Sultan Sikandar Lodhi appointed him the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. He remained fully loyal during the reign of Sikandar Lodhi, but he started thinking of becoming independent with the cooperation of his three sons (Ghazi Khan, Haji Khan and Dilawar Khan) during the reign of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi. He even started conspiring with Alam Khan Lodhi, a step-brother of Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi, who wanted the throne of Delhi for himself. When the Sultan came to know about these conspiracies, he summoned Daulat Khan to the royal court. Daulat Khan Lodhi, sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. Dilawar Khan was taken prisoner by the Sultan and was treated very badly. However, he managed to escape from the prison and quickly reached Punjab. He narrated the bad treatment meted out to him by the Sultan to his father, Daulat Khan. Daulat Khan Lodhi in order to avenge this insult, invited Babar to invade India.

3. Condition of Subjects : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, the condition of the subjects was also very deplorable. The rulers used to indulge in luxuries and merry-making. Extravagant parties had become a daily routine of the court. None had time to take care of the public. As a consequence of this, the government officials became corrupt. Bribery was common. Not to speak of the Sultan, even Qazis and Ulemas took bribe and delivered justice accordingly. All sorts of atrocities were let loose on the Hindus. They were being converted to Islam by force. Those, who refused were put to death. In short, atrocities, cruelties, corruption and intrigue were prevalent all over. The prevailing political condition of the time has been aptly described by Guru Nanak Dev Ji in Var Majh, “Kal kati raje kasai, Dharam pankhkar udriya, Koor amavas sach chandrama dise nahin keh chariya.” This Kali age is like a sword, the Kings are butchers. Goodness has taken wings and flown away. There is pitch darkness and the moon of truth shines nowhere.

Invasions of Babar:

A triangular contest began for the possession of Punjab in 1519 A.D. It took place between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar. Finally Babar won the struggle. He had to invade India five times to- fulfil his aim.’ A brief description of these invasions is given below :

1. First Invasion of Babar 1519 AL.D. : Babar was the ruler of Kabul. In order to expand his empire, Babar concentrated on India, because anarchy and lawlessness prevailed in India at that time. He stormed the border areas of the Punjab in his first invasion of India in 1519 A.D. This time he captured Bhera and Bajaur without facing any resistance. He placed these areas under the charge of Hindu Beg and himself returned to Kabul.

2. Second Invasion of Babar 1519 A.D.: People of Bhera and Bajaur pushed out Hindu Beg from their region soon after Babar had returned to Kabul. So, Babar attacked the Punjab, the second time in September, 1519 A.D. Now, he captured Peshawar. However, he had to return as a revolt had broken out in Badakhshan.

3. Third Invasion of Babar 1520 A.D.: Babar’s third invasion of the Punjab took place in 1520 A.D. During this invasion he easily captured Bhera, Bajaur and Sialkot. Then he attacked Saidpur (Eminabad). The people of Saidpur resisted the attack, so Babar in a fit of fury massacred a large number of people in cold blood.

The whole city was mercilessly plundered. Thousands of women were captured and molested. Guru Nanak Dev Ji, who was present in Saidpur at that time, has mentioned in ‘Babar Vani’ the atrocities let loose on the people by Babar’s army. Guru Nanak Dev writes, ‘‘Khurasan he ruleth and Hindustan he has invaded. No blame to Thee, who ordaineth. The Moghuls hath come for retribution. So much suffering had been inflicted, People cry in agony. Hath Thou not felt?” Babar’s soldiers had arrested Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later, when Babar came to know that his soldiers had arrested a great saint, he immediately ordered his release. Babar writes in his autobiography Tuzak-i-Babari that if he had known that such a great saint lived in this town, he would have never attacked it.

4. Fourth Invasion of Babarl524 A.D. : Babar attacked Punjab the fourth time in 1524 A.D. at the invitation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. He reached Lahore without meeting any stiff resistance. At Lahore, some Afghan Chiefs resisted him against the wishes of Daulat Khan. As a result, Babar flew into a rage and Lahore experienced a reign of terror, destruction and savagery. A large number of people were killed. Houses and streets were set on fire. Then, Babar reached Dipalpur and captured it with the cooperation of Daulat Khan Lodhi. It was also mercilessly sacked. Thereafter, he took control of the Jalandhar Doab. Thus, having conquered the Punjab, Babar placed the territories of Jalandhar Doab and Sultanpur under the charge of Daulat Khan Lodhi. But, as it was much below the expectation of Daulat Khan Lodhi, he along with his son Haji Khan, revolted against Babar. Babar defeated them, but they fled and took refuge in Shivalik hills. Soon after Babar returned to Kabul, Daulat Khan came back to Punjab, defeated the Mughals and recaptured the Punjab.

5. Fifth Invasion of Babar 1525-26 A.D. : Babar invaded India for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan a lesson. Hearing the news of Babar’s invasion, Daulat Khan got frightened, that he took refuge in the fort” of Malout in Hoshiarpur district. Babar besieged the fort. Daulat Khan surrendered after some resistance. Babar pardoned him. Now, Babar once again captured the whole of Punjab. Encouraged by this victory, he decided to attack Delhi, which was being ruled by Ibrahim Lodhi. So, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. When Ibrahim got the news, he marched towards the Punjab to face Babar with an army of one lakh. Babar had 20 thousand soldiers in his army. Both the armies fought a fierce battle near Panipat on 21 April, 1526 A.D. This battle is known as the first battle of Panipat. In this battle Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed. In this way, the reign of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and Babar founded the Mughal empire in India.

Causes of Babar’s Success:

There were many causes (factors) responsible for Babar’s victory in the first battle of Panipat. Sultan Ibrahim Lodhi was quite unpopular among the chiefs a nd the public for his indecent behaviour and cruelties. So, they wanted to get rid of such an incompetent ruler. The army of Ibrahim Lodhi was very weak. Many soldiers in his army had gathered for the purpose of looting only. Their method of warfare was obsolete and they lacked planning. Ibrahim Lodhi committed a grave political and military blunder, when he did not attack Babar’s army for eight days. If, he had not allowed Babar to consolidate his defence system, the result of the battle might have been different. Babar was an able army general. He had a good experience of wars and battles. His use of artillery caused havoc among the Afghan soldiers. The above description makes it clear that there was anarchy and unrest in Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century and it had become an arena of battles and conspiracies.

The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

Economic Condition:

Question 4.
What do you know about agriculture, trade and industries of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteeth century?
Or
Describe the main features of the economic condition of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century.
Answer:
The economic condition of the people of the Punjab was very good in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Firstly, the soil of the Punjab was very fertile which yielded rich crops with less labour. Secondly, the five great rivers flowed in the Punjab and the land irrigated by them yielded gold (i.e. rich crops). Thirdly, the Punjabis were very hard working. Fourthly, many new towns and cities were founded during the Sultanate period. These were connected with each other through roads. Consequently, they had become very famous trade centres. Fifthly, the entire Indian trade with the countries of Central Asia was carried through the Punjab only.

1. Agriculture : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The soil of the Punjab was very fertile. Land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of the Punjab were hard working. Canals, tanks and wells were used for irrigation. Thus, although the farmers of the Punjab used old methods of farming. They got rich yield of crops on account of the reasons described above. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Besides, cotton-seeds, millet, mustard, and many kinds of pulses were grown. Due to the rich harvests the Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries : Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in large quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides textile industry, there were other industries which manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of the Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade : The trade of the Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajans, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. In those days the foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton seed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn the Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Commercial Towns : In the beginning of sixteenth century Lahore and Multan were the two most important commercial towns of the Punjab. Besides, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Batala, Bathinda, Sunam, Ropar, Ferozepur, Sultanpur, Pathankot, Sialkot, Kjillu, Chamba and Kangra were also famous for trade and commerce.

6. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 5.
Briefly discuss the social and economic conditions of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What were the social and economic conditions of the people of Punjab in the 16th century?
Or
What were the social and economic conditions of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Discuss it.
Answer:

The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

The economic condition of the people of the Punjab was very good in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Firstly, the soil of the Punjab was very fertile which yielded rich crops with less labour. Secondly, the five great rivers flowed in the Punjab and the land irrigated by them yielded gold (i.e. rich crops). Thirdly, the Punjabis were very hard working. Fourthly, many new towns and cities were founded during the Sultanate period. These were connected with each other through roads. Consequently, they had become very famous trade centres. Fifthly, the entire Indian trade with the countries of Central Asia was carried through the Punjab only.

1. Agriculture : In the beginning of the sixteenth century, agriculture was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The soil of the Punjab was very fertile. Land was large and more and more land could be brought under cultivation. The people of the Punjab were hard working. Canals, tanks and wells were used for irrigation. Thus, although the farmers of the Punjab used old methods of farming. They got rich yield of crops on account of the reasons described above. Wheat, barley, maize, rice and sugarcane were major crops. Besides, cotton-seeds, millet, mustard, and many kinds of pulses were grown. Due to the rich harvests the Punjab was called the Granary of India.

2. Industries : Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. There were industries run both by the state and the individuals. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. As silk cloth was in great demand among the people of upper classes, so it was produced in large quantity. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore and Multan were famous centres of silk textile. Chicken (embroidered fine muslin) was produced in Gujarat and Sialkot. Multan and Sultanpur were famous for calico (chintz). Sialkot was known for its dhotis, sarees, turbans and embroidered best quality lungis. Amritsar, Kangra and Kashmir were famous centres of woollen textiles. Besides textile industry, there were other industries which manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

3. Animal Rearing: Some people of the Punjab were engaged in animal rearing also. This included animals like cows, oxen, buffaloes, horses, ponies, camels, sheep and goats. Milk and wool were obtained from these animals. Horses, ponies, camels and oxen were used for carrying goods.

4. Trade : The trade of the Punjab was much developed. Trade was carried on by certain categories of people. The Kshatriyas, Mahajans, Banias, Soods and Aroras among the Hindus and Bohras and Khojas among the Muslims carried on trade. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. In those days the foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton seed and sugar were exported to these countries and in turn the Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk from these countries.

5. Commercial Towns : In the beginning of sixteenth century Lahore and Multan were the two most important commercial towns of the Punjab. Besides, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Batala, Bathinda, Sunam, Ropar, Ferozepur, Sultanpur, Pathankot, Sialkot, Kjillu, Chamba and Kangra were also famous for trade and commerce.

6. Standard of Living: In those days, the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. So, they spent their wealth stealthily. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living whereas the Hindus of the middle class were not having a good standard of living. The Hindus could hardly make both ends meet. The poor and the farmers in the society had a very low standard of living. They could neither taste good food nor wear good clothes.

Question 6.
Give a brief account of the religious condition of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
In the 16th century, two main religions Hinduism and Islam were prevalent. These religions were divided into several sects further. Besides these, Buddhism and Jainism were also popular. A brief description of these religions is as follows :

1. Hinduism: Hinduism was the most important religion of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century. Hindus believed in the Vedas. Ramayana and Mahabharata were extremely popular among the people of Punjab in the 16th century. Brahmans hold the supreme position during this period. All customs from birth till death were considered incomplete without the presence of the BrahmAnswer: The following sects were popular in Hinduism in Punjab :

(a) Shaivism: Shaivism was very popular at the beginning of the 16th century in Punjab. Most of the people were devotees of Shiva. They had established Shivalayas at several places, where the teachings of Shaivism were imparted. Those who believed in Shaivism were called Jogis. The main branch of the Jogis was called Nathpanthi. It was established by Gorakhnath. Because they pierced their ears to wear kundals, they were also referred to as ‘Kaanfate Jogi’. The main centre of the Jogis in Punjab was at Gorakhnath ka Tilla in Jhelum. The Jogis preached against the Brahmanic customs and caste system.

(b) Vaishnavism: Vaishnavism was also quite popular in Punjab. The people of this sect worshipped Vishnu and his incarnations. In this period, Sri Ram and Sri Krishna were worshipped as incarnations of Vishnu. Several huge and beautiful temples were built in several parts of Punjab. The devotees of this sect did not consume wine or flesh.

(c) Shaktism: Shaktism was quite prevalent among the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The people of this sect worshipped Durga, Kali and other deities. They considered these goddesses as the symbol of power. To please these deities, animals were sacrificed. Several temples were constructed in their memory. Of these, the famous temples were Jwala Ji, Chintapurni, Chamunda Devi and Naina Devi.

2. Islam: Islam was founded by Prophet Muhammad Sahib in the 7th century A.D. in Mecca. He vehemently opposed the social and religious malpractices prevalent in society. He gave the message of one God and the mutual brotherhood of mankind. At the beginning of the 16th century, Islam spread fervently. There were two reasons for this. Firstly, all the Sultans who ruled over India were Muslims. Secondly, they converted people to Islam at the point of a sword. The followers of Islam were divided into Sunni and Shia sects. The number of Sunni Muslims was greater and they had orthodox ideas. The religious leaders of Muslims were called the Ulemas. They interpreted the Islamic laws and inspired the people to spend a pious life. They looked down upon the other religions with hatred.

3. Sufism : Sufism was a sect that was associated with Islam. This sect was popular in Punjab. This sect was divided in 12 Silsilas. The Chishti and Suhrawardi Silsilas of Punjab were most popular. Thaneswar, Hansi, Narnaul and Panipat were the famous centres of the Sufis. The people of this sect believed in only one Allah. They respected all religions. They considered service to humanity as their greatest responsibility. They believed in music. The Sufis inspired the Hindus and Muslims to maintain cordial relations, encouraged the Sultans to give up fanaticism and contributed appreciably towards the development of music and literature.

4. Jainism : Jainism was prevalent amongst the traders. The people of this sect believed in 24 Tirthankaras, Triratnas, Ahimsa, principle of Karma and Nirvana. They did not believe in the existence of God.

5. Buddhism : In the 16th century, Buddhism was a part of Hinduism. Lord Buddha was considered to be an incarnation of Lord Vishnu. Very few people of Punjab followed Buddhism. Guru Nanak Dev Ji has described the religious condition of the people of Punjab in the 16th century in his compositions. According to him, both the Hindus and the Muslims observed several religious rituals such as rubbing ash on the body, putting tilak on the forehead, piercing ears for wearing kundals, bathing in the rivers, observing rozas and worshipping the tombs etc. People had completely forgotten the true spirit of religion. In the end, we agree with the words of Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “In short, at the time of Guru Nanak’s advent both the religions in India, Hinduism and Islam, had become corrupt and degraded. They had lost their pristine purity and glory.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 7.
Describe the social and religious condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th’century.
Answer:
The social condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was very deplorable. The society was divided into two major classes, namely the Hindus and the Muslims. The Muslims enjoyed many privileges, because they belonged to the ruling class. On the other hand, the Hindus, who formed the majority of population, were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called ‘Kafirs’ and ‘Zimmies.’. Jaziya and the pilgrimage tax were for’cibly charged from the Hindus. The Muslims subjected the Hindus to so much atrocity that a large number of them were compelled to embrace Islam. The condition of women in the society was worse than that of animals. In the words of Dr. Jasbir Singh Ahluwalia, “When Guru Nanak appeared on the horizon, the Indian society had already become static and decadent.”

Features of the Muslim Society:

The Muslim society of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century had the following main features :

1. Three Classes : The Muslim society in the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into three groups—upper class, middle class and lower class.

(a) Upper Class : The upper class of the Muslim society consisted of Amirs, KhAnswer: Sheikhs, Maliks, Iqtadars, Ulemas, Qazis etc. They led a life of luxury and extravagance. They lived in grand palaces. They spent most of their time in merry¬making and feasts. Only during the days of battles were an exception to it. Ulemas and Qazis were religious leaders of the Muslims. Their main duty was to explain Islamic laws and deliver justice to people. But, many of the Ulemas and Qazis of that time had gone astray from their real path.

(b) Middle Class: It consisted of the soldiers, traders, farmers and subordinate officials of the government. There was a considerable difference between the standard of living of this class and that of the upper class. However, their social status was much better than that of the Hindus.

(c) Lower Class : It consisted of slaves, servants and labourers. They were in a very large number. They had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was not satisfactory. They were often subjected to the tyranny of their masters. The condition of the slaves working in the courts was somewhat better than those working in the houses. Sometimes they could reach to high positions in the court.

2. Position of Women: The condition of women in the Muslim society was not satisfactory in any way. They were the least educated. The Purdah system was in vogue. Institutions of polygamy and divorce had made the lives of Muslim women more pitiable. Only women of the upper class Muslim society were granted some facilities, but their number was very small.

3. Diet: The Muslims belonging to the upper class enjoyed delicious food of many kinds. It included meat, halwa, puri, butter, fruits and vegetables. They were very much fond of chewing the betel (pan) and the betel-nut (supari). They drank many kinds of flavoured cold drinks (sharbats) in the summer. The lower class ate very simple food.

4. Dress : The Muslims of the upper class used to wear very costly dresses. Such dresses were made of silk and velvet. These dresses were studded with many kinds of precious stones and jewels. People of lower class used to wear cotton clothes. Men wore kurta and pyjama and women wore long burqas. Both men and women were fond of wearing ornaments. The ornaments of the upper class were made of precious stones, jewels, gold and silver, whereas ornaments of the lower class were very simple and ordinary. The ladies used many kinds of cosmetics.

5. Education : No remarkable progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the sixteenth century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. They held classes in mosques, maktabs and madarasas. The government gave them grants. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs whereas higher education was provided in the madarasas. Madarasas were usually situated in cities. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of education for the Muslims in the Punjab. Besides these, Jalandhar, Sultanpur, Samana, Narnaul, Bathinda, Sirhind, Sialkot and Kangra were other important centres of education in the Punjab.

6. Means of Entertainment: The Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting and polo. They were fond of horse riding and watching animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these fairs, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-e-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Features of the Hindu Society:

Following were the main features of the Hindu society in the beginning of sixteenth century :

1. Caste System : The Hindu society was mainly divided into four castes and many sub-castes. The Brahmans occupied the topmost position in the society. Their supreme position had received a great set back with the establishment of Muslim rule in India. Even, then all the rituals of the Hindus were performed by them alone.

The main occupation of the Kshatriyas was to fight and rule. But under the changed circumstances, they had adopted new occupations like trade, agriculture etc. The Vaishyas however, continued to follow their old occupations of trade and agriculture. The Shudras were treated badly in those days. Besides these four main castes, the Hindu society of those days was divided into many other castes and sub-castes. According to Nicoli Conti, an Italian traveller, there were 84 sub¬castes among the Hindus. These castes badly hated one another. The high-caste people contemptuously treated the people of low castes. The caste-system was in fact a blot on the face of the Hindu society. It had weakened the Hindu society to the extent, that its very foundations had been shaken.

2. Position of Women : The position of women in the Hindu society was also not good. She was deprieved of rights given to men. No attention was paid towards girl’s education. So, they remained uneducated. As the Muslims used to take away young Hindu girls forcibly in those days, so, they \vere married at an early age. The women were compelled to remain confined within the four walls of their houses for their whole lives. Purdah had become very popular among the Hindu women. The custom of sati was also on the rise. According to sati system, after the death of her husband, the widow was forcibly burnt alive along with the dead body of her husband on the same pyre. The re-marriage of the widow was not permitted.

3. Diet: The diet of the Hindus was very simple. Most of them were vegetarian. Their meals consisted of wheat, rice, vegetables, ghee and milk. They avoided meat, garlic and onion. The diet of the poor included coarse bread and lassi.

4. Dress: The dress of the Hindus was simple. They usually wore cotton clothes. Men used to wear dhoti and kurta and a turban on their heads. The Brahmans wore only dhoti. Women wore sari, choli (a blouse-like dress) and lehnga (a skirt¬like dress). The poor clad their bodies with a single cotton cloth (chadar). The Hindu men and women were also fond of wearing ornaments.

5. Means of Entertainment : The Hindus were fond of singing, dancing and music. They played chess and cards also. They entertained themselves through animal fights and wrestling. Besides, they celebrated their festivals with great enthusiasm.

6. Education: The Hindus received education from the Brahmans in the temples and pathshalas. They received elementary education at these places. There was no centre of higher education for the Hindus in the Punjab. The Hindus belonging to the rich class sent their wards to the madarasas of the Muslims for higher education. However, their number used to be very negligible as the Muslims hated them.

In the 16th century, two main religions Hinduism and Islam were prevalent. These religions were divided into several sects further. Besides these, Buddhism and Jainism were also popular. A brief description of these religions is as follows :

1. Hinduism: Hinduism was the most important religion of the people of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century. Hindus believed in the Vedas. Ramayana and Mahabharata were extremely popular among the people of Punjab in the 16th century. Brahmans hold the supreme position during this period. All customs from birth till death were considered incomplete without the presence of the BrahmAnswer: The following sects were popular in Hinduism in Punjab :

(a) Shaivism: Shaivism was very popular at the beginning of the 16th century in Punjab. Most of the people were devotees of Shiva. They had established Shivalayas at several places, where the teachings of Shaivism were imparted. Those who believed in Shaivism were called Jogis. The main branch of the Jogis was called Nathpanthi. It was established by Gorakhnath. Because they pierced their ears to wear kundals, they were also referred to as ‘Kaanfate Jogi’. The main centre of the Jogis in Punjab was at Gorakhnath ka Tilla in Jhelum. The Jogis preached against the Brahmanic customs and caste system.

(b) Vaishnavism: Vaishnavism was also quite popular in Punjab. The people of this sect worshipped Vishnu and his incarnations. In this period, Sri Ram and Sri Krishna were worshipped as incarnations of Vishnu. Several huge and beautiful temples were built in several parts of Punjab. The devotees of this sect did not consume wine or flesh.

(c) Shaktism: Shaktism was quite prevalent among the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The people of this sect worshipped Durga, Kali and other deities. They considered these goddesses as the symbol of power. To please these deities, animals were sacrificed. Several temples were constructed in their memory. Of these, the famous temples were Jwala Ji, Chintapurni, Chamunda Devi and Naina Devi.

2. Islam: Islam was founded by Prophet Muhammad Sahib in the 7th century A.D. in Mecca. He vehemently opposed the social and religious malpractices prevalent in society. He gave the message of one God and the mutual brotherhood of mankind. At the beginning of the 16th century, Islam spread fervently. There were two reasons for this. Firstly, all the Sultans who ruled over India were Muslims. Secondly, they converted people to Islam at the point of a sword. The followers of Islam were divided into Sunni and Shia sects. The number of Sunni Muslims was greater and they had orthodox ideas. The religious leaders of Muslims were called the Ulemas. They interpreted the Islamic laws and inspired the people to spend a pious life. They looked down upon the other religions with hatred.

3. Sufism : Sufism was a sect that was associated with Islam. This sect was popular in Punjab. This sect was divided in 12 Silsilas. The Chishti and Suhrawardi Silsilas of Punjab were most popular. Thaneswar, Hansi, Narnaul and Panipat were the famous centres of the Sufis. The people of this sect believed in only one Allah. They respected all religions. They considered service to humanity as their greatest responsibility. They believed in music. The Sufis inspired the Hindus and Muslims to maintain cordial relations, encouraged the Sultans to give up fanaticism and contributed appreciably towards the development of music and literature.

4. Jainism : Jainism was prevalent amongst the traders. The people of this sect believed in 24 Tirthankaras, Triratnas, Ahimsa, principle of Karma and Nirvana. They did not believe in the existence of God.

5. Buddhism : In the 16th century, Buddhism was a part of Hinduism. Lord Buddha was considered to be an incarnation of Lord Vishnu. Very few people of Punjab followed Buddhism. Guru Nanak Dev Ji has described the religious condition of the people of Punjab in the 16th century in his compositions. According to him, both the Hindus and the Muslims observed several religious rituals such as rubbing ash on the body, putting tilak on the forehead, piercing ears for wearing kundals, bathing in the rivers, observing rozas and worshipping the tombs etc. People had completely forgotten the true spirit of religion. In the end, we agree with the words of Dr. Hari Ram Gupta, “In short, at the time of Guru Nanak’s advent both the religions in India, Hinduism and Islam, had become corrupt and degraded. They had lost their pristine purity and glory.”

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Short Answer Type Questions:

Question 1.
Explain the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What was the political condition of Punjab in the beginning of. 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the political condition of the Punjab was very unstable. As a result of the wrong policies of Lodhi Sultans, lawlessness prevailed all around. The govt, officials had become corrupt to the core and bribery was rampant. The Muslims converted the Hindus to Islam at the point of the Sword. Seaving the situation, the governor of Punjab Daulat-Khan-Lodhi invited Babar to attack India.

Question 2.
“In the beginning of the 16th century, the Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle”. Explain.
Or
Explain the triangular struggle of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What do you know about the triangular struggle in Punjab?
Or
Write in brief about the triangular struggle of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century the Punjab was a cockpit of triangular struggle. This triangular struggle began between Babar, the ruler of Kabul, Ibrahim Lodhi, the ruler of Delhi and Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of the Punjab. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to become an independent ruler of the Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he imprisioned Daulat Khan Lodhi’s younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. In order to take revenge of this insult, he invited Babar to invade India. In this triangular struggle, Babar came out victorious.

Question 3.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
Or
Write a short note on Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi was appointed as the Governor of the Punjab in 1500 A.D. Daulat Khan Lodhi wanted to be an independent ruler of the Punjab. When Ibrahim Lodhi came to know about it, he issued an order to Daulat Khan Lodhi to present himself in the royal court of Delhi. In order to escape the wrath of the Sultan, Daulat Khan sent his younger son Dilawar Khan to Delhi. When Dilawar Khan reached there, he was arrested and put into prison. But soon, he succeeded in escaping from the jail. Daulat Khan invited Babar to invade India, in order to take revenge of the insult.

Question 4.
Write any three causes of the invasions of Babur over India.
Answer:

  • He wanted to expand his empire.
  • He wanted to plunder the wealth of India.
  • He wanted to spread Islam in India.

Question 5.
When did Babar invade Saidpur? What is its importance in Sikh History?
Or
Give a brief account of Babar’s third invasion over Punjab.
Answer:
Babar invaded Saidpur in 1520 A.D. The people of this place stoutly resisted Babur. Consequently, Babar got angry. His forces massacred people in a large number, set the houses and palaces on fire after plundering them. Thousands of women were taken into custody and they were maltreated. Guru Nanak Dev Ji was in Saidpur at that time and he wrote in his ‘Babar Bani’ about the tyranny of the Mughal army on people. The army of Babar had arrested the Guru Nanak Dev Ji also. Later on, when Babar came to know about the piety of Guru Nanak Dev Ji, he at once ordered his release.

Question 6.
Write a brief note on the first battle of Panipat.
Or
Give a brief account of the first battle of Panipat.
Or
Explain the first battle of Panipat and its significance
Answer:
Babar invaded Punjab for the fifth time in November 1525 A.D. to teach Daulat Khan Lodhi, the Governor of Punjab, a lesson. After putting up a brief resistance, Daulat Khan Lodhi surrendered. Encouraged by the conquest of Punjab, Babar decided to clash against Ibrahim Lodhi. With this objective in mind, he ordered his army to march towards Delhi. On April 21, 1526 A.D. both armies clashed in the first battle of Panipat. Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated and killed in this battle. Consequently, the rule of the Lodhi dynasty in India came to an end and it led to the foundation of the Mughal dynasty.

Question 7.
What were the three results of the first battle of Panipat?
Answer:

  • Ibrahim Lodhi was defeated.
  • It led to the end of the Delhi Sultanate.
  • It led to the foundation of Mughal rule.

Question 8.
What led to the victory of Babar in the first battle of Panipat?
Or
Give a brief account of the causes of the victory of Babar and the defeat of the Afghans in India.
Answer:

  • Ibrahim Lodhi, the Sultan of Delhi was notorious for his ill-treatment and the tyranny caused to his nobles and his subjects. They wanted to get rid of such a ruler,
  • Babar was an able commander.
  • The artillery of Babar created havoc. The soldiers of Ibrahim Lodhi could not face them with their swords, bows and arrows.

Question 9.
According to Guru Nanak Dev Ji why the rulers were unjust?
Answer:

  • They used to collect Jaziya and pilgrimage tax from the Hindus.
  • They fleeced the peasants and committed untold atrocities on the people.
  • They did not provide justice to the people without taking any bribes.

Question 10.
What was the social condition of Punjab, at the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
What do you know about the social condition of Punjab at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
At the beginning of the 16th century, the society of Punjab was divided into two main classes-the Muslims and Hindus. The Muslims being related to the ruling class, enjoyed some special privileges. They were appointed to high offices of the State. On the other hand, the Hindus were deprived of all their rights. The Muslims perpetrated so much tyranny on the Hindus that several Hindus embraced Islam under duress. At that time, the condition of women was also pitiable.

Question 11.
What was the condition of women in the society of Punjab at the beginning of the 16th century? Explain briefly.
Describe the condition of women in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The condition of the women folk in society of Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century was not satisfactory. Child marriage was prevalent in the society at that time. The women were deprieved all those rights which were given to men. Hindu society. As the birth of a girl was deemed an ill-omen, many of them were killed as soon as they were bom. Sati system was also at its climax. A widow was not allowed to re-marry. Muslim society also imposed many restrictions on women.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 12.
Into which classes was the Muslim society of the Punjab divided and what type of life did they lead, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the Muslim classes of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslim society was divided into three classes-

  • Upper Class : Ihe upper class of Muslim society comprised the nobles, Khans, Shaikhs, Qazis and Ulemas. People of this class led a life of pleasure, luxury and comfort.
  • Middle Class : The middle class included traders, soldiers, peasants and petty officials of the state government.
  • Lower Class : This class consisted of mostly the slaves and servants. Their life was not good. They had to bear the tyranny of their masters.

Question 13.
What was the social condition of Muslims of Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Throw light on the condition of Muslim society of Punjab on the eve of Guru Nanak Dev Ji’s birth.
Answer:
The social condition of Muslims of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was very good in comparison to the Hindus. At that time, the Muslim society was divided into three classes. The upper class led a life of luxury and extravagance. The status of the middle class was much better than that of the Hindus. The lower class had to work hard to earn their livelihood. Their life was miserable. The condition of women in the Muslim society was not good.

Question 14.
What was the social condition of the Hindus in the society of the Punjab, in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Make a mention of the social condition of Hindus in Punjab in the opening of 16th Century.
Answer:
The condition of the Hindus in society of the Punjab, in the beginning of 16th century, was deplorable. They were deprived of almost all the rights. They were called Kafirs and Zimmies. A Jaziya tax was forcibly charged from them. The Muslims forced them at the point of the sword to embrace Islam. The Hindu society was fragmented into many castes and sub-castes. It system had thoroughly weakened the very roots of the Hindu society.

Question 15.
Give a brief account of prevalent education in the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
No special progress was made in the field of education in the beginning of the 16th century. Ulemas and Maulvis taught the Muslims. Primary education was given in the mosques and maktabs, whereas higher education was provided in madarasas. Lahore and Multan were the well-known centres of higher education for the Muslims in the Punjab. The Hindus received their elemantry education from the Brahmins in the temples and pathshalas. They received their higher education with the Muslims.

Question 16.
Write a note on the means of entertainment of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
What were the main means of entertainment of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, the Muslims entertained themselves in many ways. They were very fond of hunting polo, dancing, singing, music, chess, wrestling, horse riding and witnessing animal fights. They used to take part in fairs and festivals with great enthusiasm. In these, musicians and dancers entertained the viewers. They were also great lovers of playing chess and chaupar. They celebrated their festivals like Id, Nauroz and Shab-i-Barat etc. with great pomp and show.

Question 17.
Give a brief account of the economic condition of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Or
Briefly explain the economic condition of Punjab during the 16th century.
Or
Briefly mention the economic condition of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The economic condition of people in Punjab was quite sound in the beginning of the 16th century. Agriculture was the main occupation of the people. The soil of Punjab being fertile, resulted in bumper harvests. For this reason, Punjab was called granary of India. The other occupation of people in Punjab was industry. The textile industry, leather industry, arms manufacturing and wood work were the famous industries of the Punjab, at that time. These industries were owned both by the government and the public. Trade, at that time, was good in Punjab.

Question 18.
Give a brief account of the agriculture in the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, agriculture was the main occupation of people in the Punjab. Land in Punjab was very fertile. People here were very hard-working. Canals, ponds and wells were used for irrigation. Due to these reasons, there used to be bumper harvests. Main crops of the Punjab were wheat, barley, cotton, maize, rice and sugarcane. Punjab was called the granary of India.

Question 19.
What do you know about the Punjab industries in the beginning of the 16th century?
Or
Give an account of the main industries of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Next to agriculture, industry was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab. The state owned industries were situated in big cities, whereas the industries run by individuals were situated in villages. The textile industry was the most famous industry of the Punjab. Samana, Sunam, Sirhind, Dipalpur, Jalandhar, Lahore, Multan, Amritsar and Kashmir were famous centres of silk textile. Other industries manufactured leather goods, arms, utensils, toys and articles of ivory.

Question 20.
Give a brief account of the trade of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
The trade of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was developed. Transportation of goods was carried on by Banjaras. Special markets were organised on the occasions of fairs and festivals’. Foreign trade of the Punjab was carried on mainly with Afghanistan, Egypt, the Arab countries, Syria, Tibet, Bhutan and China. Foodgrains, textile, silk, cotton and sugar were exported. Punjab imported horses, arms, fur, dry fruit and musk etc.

Question 21.
What was the living standard of people in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century the standard of living of all the people of the Punjab was not the same. The upper class of Muslims rolled in wealth and thus led a luxurious life. The upper class of Hindus also had much wealth, but the Muslims used to loot them. The middle class of Muslims enjoyed a better standard of living than the Hindus. The lower class were not having good standard of life. They led a pitiable life.

Question 22.
What was the religious condition of Hinduism in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Hinduism was the cardinal religion of the people of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century. The Hindus believed in the Vedas. The Ramayana and the Mahabharata were very popular at that time. The Hindus worshipped various gods and goddesses and believed in going on pilgrimage to holy places and taking bath in holy rivers. They showed deep reverence to the BrahmAnswer: No religious ceremony could be observed without the blessings of the Brahmins.

Question 23.
Write a short note on Islam.
Or
What was the condition of Islam in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Besides Hinduism, the other dominating religion in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century was Islam. It was founded by Prophet Mohammad at Mecca in the 7th century. He condemned the social and religious evils prevalent in the Arabian society. He preached the oneness of God and the brotherhood of mankind. According to him, a Muslim should follow five principles. These principles were called the five pillars of life.

Question 24.
Who were Ulemas? What were their main functions?
Answer:

  • Who were Ulemas? Ulemas were the religious leaders of Islam.
  • Main functions of the Ulemas.

The main functions of the Ulemas were :

  • They used to explain the Islamic laws (Shariyats).
  • They used to encourage the Sultan to take Jihad against the Hindus.
  • They prepared plans and projects for the spread of Islam.

Question 25.
Write a short note on the Sunnis.
Or
The Sunni Muslims.
Answer:
There was the majority of Sunni Muslims in Punjab. All Sultans of Delhi Sultanate and Mughal Emperors belonged to the Sunnis. So, they encouraged the Sunnis and provided many facilities to them. All Qazis, Muftis and Ulemas, who did justice and imparted education, belonged to the Sunnis. The Sunnis were disciples of Prophet Mohammad Sahib. They considered Quran their most sacred scripture. They believed in one God (Allah). Allah was omnipresent and all-powerful and kind. They were not religiously tolerant. So, they were bitter opponents of Hindus. They called them ‘Kafirs’.

Question 26.
Who were the Shias? Explain.
Or
The Shias.
Answer:
Another popular sect in Punjab was the Shias. They also belonged to Prophet Mohammad Sahib like Sunnis. Their sacred scripture was Quran. They believed in one Allah. They also performed Namaz five times a day. They observed fast in the month of Ramzan. They also considered a pilgrimage to Mecca, once in life, a necessity. Though there were many similarities between the Sunnis and the Shias yet there were many differences in them. These differences made them opponents of each other.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 27.
Write the main teachings of Sufism.
Answer:
In the beginning of the 16th century, Sufism had become very popular. They believed in Allah. According to them, Allah is omnipotent and omnipresent. One could realise Allah only through love. They started the traditions of Qawalis. They considered service of mankind as service to God. They did not believe in caste system. They respected other faiths.

Objective Type Questions:

Question 1.
What was the political condition of the Punjab at the time of Babar’s invasion?
Answer:
Very pitiable.

Question 2.
What did Guru Nanak Dev Ji say about the political condition of the Punjab?
Answer:
Bribery and untruthfulness were very much common.

Question 3.
Who ruled over Delhi at the time of the birth of Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Or
Who was the founder of Lodhi dynasty?
Answer:
Bahlol Lodhi.

Question 4.
Who was Sikandar Lodhi?
Answer:
He was the Sultan of India from 1489 to 1517 A.D.

Question 5.
When did Sikandar Lodhi occupy the throne of Delhi?
Answer:
1489 A.D.

Question 6.
When did Ibrahim Lodhi occupy the throne?
Answer:
1517 A.D.

Question 7.
Who was the last ruler of Lodhi dynasty?
Answer:
Ibrahim Lodhi.

Question 8.
Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
Answer:
He was Governor of Punjab from 1500 A.D. to 1525 A.D.

Question 9.
Who was the ruler of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Daulat Khan Lodhi.

Question 10.
What do you understand by the triangular struggle of the Punjab?
Answer:
Struggle which ensued between Ibrahim Lodhi, Daulat Khan Lodhi and Babar for power in the early 16th century.

Question 11.
Of which place was Babar the ruler?
Answer:
Kabul.

Question 12.
Who was Babar?
Answer:
Babar was the ruler of Kabul.

Question 13.
When did Babar first invade Punjab?
Answer:
1519 A.D.

Question 14.
Why did Babar invade India? Give any one cause.
Answer:
He wanted to expand his empire.

Question 15.
Which of Babar’s invasions is compared to the ‘Bridal Procession of Sins’ by Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Third invasion of Babar (Saidpur).

Question 16.
When did Babar invade Saidpur?
Answer:
1520 A.D.

Question 17.
Which Sikh Guru Sahiban was imprisoned at the time of invasion of Saidpur by Babar?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 18.
Which Mughal emperor had imprisioned Guru Nanak Dev Ji?
Answer:
Babar.

Question 19.
When was the first battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
April 21, 1526.

Question 20.
Between whom was the first battle of Panipat fought?
Answer:
Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi.

Question 21.
Mention any one important result of first battle of Panipat.
Answer:
Foundation of Mughal rule in India.

Question 22.
Into which two main classes the society of Punjab was divided in the beginning of ’16th century?
Answer:
Muslim and Hindu.

Question 23.
Name three classes of the Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Three classes
(a) Upper class,
(b) Middle class and
(c) Lower class.

Question 24.
Mention any one feature of upper class in Muslim society in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
They lived a luxurious life.

Question 25.
Into how many classes was the Hindu society of Punjab divided in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Four classes—
(a) The Brahman,
(b) Khatri,
(c) Vaish and
(d) Shudra.

Question 26.
What was the condition of Shudras in Hindu society of Punjab in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Pitiable.

Question 27.
Name any one centre of Islamic education in the Punjab in the 16th century.
Answer:
Lahore.

Question 28.
What was the main occupation of the people of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
Answer:
Agriculture.

Question 29.
Name any one crop raised in Punjab during the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Wheat.

Question 30.
Which was the most famous industry of Punjab in the early 16th century?
Answer:
Textile industry.

Question 31.
Name any one important woollen centre of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Amritsar.

Question 32.
Name two items of export from Punjab in the early 16th century.
Answer:
Textiles and foodgrains.

Question 33.
Name any one trader community of Punjab in the early 16th century.
Answer:
Mahajan.

Question 34.
What was the name of the main sect of Punjabi Jogis in the beginning of 16th century?
Answer:
Nath Panthis and Gorakh Panthis.

Question 35.
Whom did the Jogis worship?
Answer:
Lord Shiva.

Question 36.
Why were Jogis called Kanphate Jogis?
Answer:
Because they donned huge rings in their ears.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Question 37.
What do you mean by Shaivism?
Answer:
The people of Shaivism believed in the worship of Lord Shiva.

Question 38.
What do you mean by Vaishnavism?
Answer:
The people of this sect believed in the worship of Lord Vishnu.

Question 39.
What do you mean by Shaktism?
Answer:
The people of this sect believed in the worship of Kali, Durga and other goddesses.

Question 40.
By whom was Islam founded?
Answer:
Prophet Mohammad.

Question 41.
In how many pillars Islam believed?
Answer:
Five pillars.

Question 42.
By whom was Chishti Silsila founded in India.?
Answer:
Shaikh Muinuddin Chishti.

Question 43.
At which place Shaikh Muinuddin Chishti founded Chisti Silsila?
Answer:
Ajmer.

Question 44.
Who was the most famous Chishti leader in Punjab?
Answer:
Shaikh Farid.

Question 45.
By whom was Suharwardi Silsila founded?
Answer:
Shaikh Bahauddin Zakaria.

Question 46.
Where was the foundation of Suharwardi Silsila laid?
Answer:
Multan.

Question 47.
Give any one principle of the Sufis?
Answer: Sufis believed in one God.

Question 48.
Who were Ulemas?
Answer:
They were the religious leaders of the Muslims.

Question 49.
What is meant by Jaziya?
Answer:
It was a religious tax collected from Non-Muslims.

Question 50.
Give any one principle of Bhakti Movement.
Answer:
Bhaktas believed in one God.

Question 51.
Who was the founder of Bhakti Movement in Punjab?
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji.

Question 52.
Bring out the main point of difference between the teachings of Bhaktas and those of Guru Nanak Dev Ji.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji did not believe in incarnation, while the Bhaktas fully believed in it.

Fill in the blanks:

1. The political situation of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was quite ………………
Answer:
deplorable

2. Bahlol Lodhi founded Lodhi dynasty in …………………
Answer:
1451 A.D.

3. In 1469 A.D. at- the time of Guru Nanak Ji’s birth, ………………. was the king of Delhi.
Answer:
Bahlol Lodhi

4. Ibrahim Lodhi succeeded to the throne of Delhi in ………………..
Answer:
1517 A.D.

5. Daulat Khan Lodhi was appointed the Governor of the Punjab in …………….
Answer:
1500 A.D.

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

6. From 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D., a ………………. struggle started for power in Punjab.
Answer:
triangular

7. In 1504 A.D. Babar became the ruler of ………………..
Answer:
Kabul

8. Babar invaded Punjab ………………….. times between 1519 A.D. to 1526 A.D.
Answer:
five

9. Babar invaded Punjab in ………….. for the first time.
Answer:
1519 A.D.

10. Babar imprisoned Guru Nank Dev Ji during …………….. invasion.
Answer:
Skidpur

11. The first battle of Panipat was fought on ………………….
Answer:
April 21, 1526 A.D.

12. In the beginning of the 16th century Muslim society of Punjab was divided into …………….. classes.
Answer:
three

13. Main centres of Islamic education in Punjab were ………………. and …………………
Answer:
Lahore, Multan

14. In the beginning of 16th century, the ………………. occupied top most position in the Hindu Society.
Answer:
Brahmans

15. The condition of women in Punjab was ………………… in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
deplorable

16. Most of the Hindus were ……………….. in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
vegetarian

17. In the beginning of the 16th century, ………………. was the main occupation of the people of Punjab.
Answer:
agriculture

18. The ……………… industry was the most famous industry of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Textile

19. …………… and ………………… were the two important woollen centres of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Amritsar, Kashmir

20. ……………….. and ……………. were two famous trade centres of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
Lahore, Multan

21. Yogi sect was founded by …………………..
Answer:
Gorakh Nath

22. ……………….. was the founder of Bhakti Movement.
Answer:
Guru Nanak Dev Ji

23. Islam was founded by …………………
Answer:
Prophet Mohammad

24. The most famous Chishti leader in Punjab was …………………….
Answer:
Shaikh Farid Ji

True Or False:

1. The political situation of the Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was quite good.
Answer:
False

2. Sikandar Lodhi founded the Lodhi dynasty.
Answer:
False

3. In 1457 A.D. BahloL Lodhi sat on the throne.
Answer:
True

4. Sikandar Lodhi succeeded to the throne in 1489 A.D.
Answer:
True

5. Ibrahim Lodhi was the new ruler in 1517 A.D.
Answer:
True

6. Daulat Khan LOdhi was appointed as Governor of the Punjab in 1469 A.D.
Answer:
False

7. Babar was born in 1494 A.D.
Answer:
False

8. Babar occupied Kabul in 1504 A.D.
Answer:
True

9. Babar invaded India in 1519 A.D. for the first time.
Answer:
True

10. Babar attacked Saidpur in 1526 A.D.
Answer:
False
11. Guru Nanak Dev Ji compared the ‘Babar’s invasion on Saidpur to ‘Bridal procession of Sins’
Answer:
True

12. The first battle of Panipat was fought between Babar and Ibrahim Lodhi in 1526 A.D.
Answer:
True

13. The Muslim society of Punjab in the beginning of the sixteenth century was divided into two groups.
Answer:
False

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

14. Lower class of Muslim society consisted mainly of the peasants.
Answer:
False

15. The women in the Muslim society were highly respected in the beginning of the sixteenth century.
Answer:
False

16. Lahore and Multan were the well known centres of the education for Muslims in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

17. The Brahmans occupied the top most position in the Hindu society in the beginning of £he 16th century.
Answer:
True

18. The main Occupation of the Kshatriyas was agriculture in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
False

19. The position of women in Hindu society was very pitiable in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

20. In the beginning of thel6th century, animal rearing was the main occupation of the people of Punjab.
Answer:
False

21. In the beginning of thel6th century, wheat was richly harvested in Punjab.
Answer:
True

22. The textile industry was the most famous industry of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century.
Answer:
True

23. Kashmir was the famous centre of woollen shawls in the 16th century.
Answer:
True

24. Nath Panthi sect of Yogis was founded by Gorakh Nath.
Answer:
True

25. Islam was founded by Prophet Mohammad.
Answer:
True

26. Chisti Silsila was founded by Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti.
Answer:
True

27. Shaikh Farid Ji was the prominent preacher of Chisti Silsila in Punjab.
Answer:
True

28. Shaikh Baha-ud-din laid the foundation of Suharawardi Silsila.
Answer:
True

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Who founded Lodhi dynasty?
(a) Bahlol Lodhi
(b) Daulat Khan Lodhi
(c) Sikandar Lodhi
(d) Ibrahim Lodhi.
Answer:
(a) Bahlol Lodhi

2. When did Bahlol Lodhi succeed the throne of Delhi?
(a) In 1437 A.D.
(b) In 1451 A.D.
(c) In 1489 A.D.
(d) In 1577 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1451 A.D.

3. When did Ibrahim Lodhi succeed the throne of Delhi? ,
(a) In 1489 A.D.
(b) In 1516 A.D.
(c) In 1517 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1517 A.D.

4. Who was Daulat Khan Lodhi?
(a) Governor of Punjab
(b) Governor of Delhi
(c) Governor of Awadh
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Governor of Punjab

5. When was Daulat Khan Lodhi appointed as Governor of Punjab?
(a) In 1489 A.D.
(b) In 1500 A.D.
(c) In 1517 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1500 A.D.

6. Who was not included in the triangular struggle of Punjab?
(a) Babar
(b) Daulat Khan Lodhi
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi
(d) Alam Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
(d) Alam Khan Lodhi.

7. When did Babar first invade Punjab?
(a) In 1509 A.D.
(b) In 1519 A.D.
(c) In 1520 A.D.
(d) In 1524 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1519 A.D.

8. When did Babar invade Saidpur?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1520 A.D.
(c) In 1524 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(b) In 1520 A.D.

9. Which Guru was imprisoned by Babar during Saidpur invasion?
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji
(b) Guru Amar Das Ji
(c) Guru Hargobind Ji
(d) Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.
Answer:
(a) Guru Nanak Dev Ji

10. When was the first battle of Panipat fought between Ibrahim Lodhi and Babar?
(a) In 1519 A.D.
(b) In 1525 A.D.
(c) In 1526 A.D.
(d) In 1526 A.D.
Answer:
(c) In 1526 A.D.

11. Who was defeated in the first battle of Panipat?
(a) Babar
(b) Maharana Partap
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi
(d) Daulat Khan Lodhi.
Answer:
(c) Ibrahim Lodhi

12. Into how many classes, the Muslim society was divided in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five
Answer:
(b) Three

13. Who were not included in upper class of Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Maliks
(b) Shaikhs
(c) Iqtadars
(d) Traders
Answer:
(d) Traders

14. Who belonged to middle class of Muslim society in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Traders
(b) Soldiers
(c) Farmers
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

15. Who among the following did not belong to lower class of Muslim society?
(a) Qazi
(b) Servants
(c) Slaves
(d) Labourers.
Answer:
(a) Qazi

16. Name the main Islamic education centre in the Punjab in the 16th century.
(a) Sirhind
(b) Jalandhar
(c) Peshawar
(d) Lahore
Answer:
(d) Lahore

17. Name the main occupation of the people of Punjab in the beginning of 16th century.
(a) Trade
(b) Agriculture
(c) Industry
(d) Animal-rearing.
Answer:
(b) Agriculture

18. Which were the main crops raised in Punjab during the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Wheat
(b) Rice
(c) Sugarcane
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

19. Which was the important industry of Punjab in the 16th century?
(a) Leather industry
(b) Textile industry
(c) Armaments industry
(d) Ivory industry.
Answer:
(b) Textile industry

20. Which city was not important woollen centre of Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Jalandhar
(b) Amritsar
(c) Kashmir
(d) Kangra
Answer:
(a) Jalandhar

21. Name the most important Trade centre of the Punjab in the 16th century.
(a) Lahore
(b) Ludhiana
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Amritsar
Answer:
(a) Lahore

22. Which was the main religion in Punjab in the beginning of the 16th century?
(a) Islam
(b) Hinduism
(c) Christianity
(d) Sikhism
Answer:
(b) Hinduism

23. Who founded the Yogis sect Nathpanthi?
(a) Gorakhanath
(b) Shivanath
(c) Mahatma Buddha
(d) Swami Mahavira.
Answer:
(a) Gorakhanath

24. How many avataras of Vishnu are mentioned in Puranas?
(a) 5
(b) 10
(c) 24
(d) 25
Answer:
(c) 24

25. Which of the following sect is not related with Hinduism in the early 16th century?
(a) Shaivism
(b) vaishmavism
(c) Shaktism
(d) Sufism
Answer:
(d) Sufism

26. Who was the founder of Islam?
(a) Abu Bakr
(b) Umar
(c) Prophet Mohammad Sahib
(d) Ali
Answer:
(c) Prophet Mohammad Sahib

27. When was Islam founded?
(a) In 5th century
(b) In sixth century
(c) In 7th century
(d) In eigth century
Answer:
(c) In 7th century

PSEB 12th Class History Solutions Chapter 3 Political, Social and Economic Conditions of the Punjab in the beginning of the 16th Century

28. Who was the first Khalifa of Islam?
(a) Ali
(b) Abu Bakr
(c) Umar
(d) Usman.
Answer:
(b) Abu Bakr

29. Sufi mode of idealogy is known as
(a) Pir
(b) Dargah
(c) Tasawaf
(d) Silsila.
Answer:
(c) Tasawaf

30. Who was the founder of Chisti Silsila?
(a) Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti
(b) Shaikh Bahuddin Zakaria
(c) Shaikh Farid Ji
(d) Shaikh Nizamuddin Auliya
Answer:
(a) Shaikh Muinuddin Chisti

31. Who was the famous Chisti saint of Punjab?
(a) Sheikh Nizamuddin Auliya
(b) Sheikh Farid
(c) Shaikh Qutabuddin Bekhtiyar
(d) Khawaja Muinuddin Chisti.
Answer:
(b) Sheikh Farid

32. Where was the main centre of Suharawadi Silsila in Punjab?
(a) Multan
(b) Lahore
(c) Jalandhar
(d) Amritsar.
Answer:
(a) Multan

33. Who started the tradition of Qawalis?
(a) Islam
(b) Sufis
(c) Hindus
(d) Sikhs
Answer:
(b) Sufis

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Non-Finites Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

(Answer Key has been given at the end of the exercises.)

Complete the following sentences, using the Infinitive form (with or without to) of the verbs given in brackets.

1. You are requested …………… me. (help)
2. She bade us ……………… away. (go)
3. I find the word ‘psychology difficult ………. . (spell)
4. Please make me …………… why the stars twinkle. (understand)
5. The medicine is too bitter …………. (take)
Answer:
1. to help
2. go
3. to spell
4. understand
5. to take.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Replace the Relative Clause in each of the following sentences by an Infinitive.

Example : You have some important work which you must finish.
Answer :
You have some important work to finish.

1. You have a train that can carry you back home.
2. She wants something that she can drink.
3. They advised me that I should see an eye specialist.
4. Mohan had no proof that he could show.
5. I gave him a book that he could consult.
6. Asha is not a servant who can be trusted.
Answer:
1. You have a train to carry you back home.
2. She wants something to drink.
3. They advised me to see an eye specialist.
4. Mohan had no proof to show.
5. I gave him a book to consult.
6. Asha is not a servant to be trusted.

Rewrite the following sentences, using an Infinitive.

1. I would be happy if I could join this company. (to join).
2. At Agra, we have the Taj that one can visit.
3. His handwriting is so bad that one cannot read it…
4. Papa was angry when he found that his glasses were broken.
5. I was shocked when I heard of the terrible accident.
6. I will tell him that he should post the letter today.
Answer:
1. I would be happy to join his company.
2. At Agra, we have the Taj to visit.
3. His handwriting is too bad to read.
4. Papa was angry to find that his glasses were broken
5. I was shocked to hear of the terrible accident.
6. I will tell him to post the letter today.

Combine the following pairs of sentences, using a Present Participle or a Past Participle. Treat the first two sentences as examples.

1. I felt sorry for the blind man. I gave him a hundred-rupee note.
2. My uncle arrived. He was accompanied by Mohan.
3. We found the child. It was crying for its father.
4. He raised his sword. He struck his enemy.
5. I heard the bang. I sprang up from my bed.
6. He broke his leg. It made it difficult for him to walk.
7. The child was lost. He found no joy in the fair.
Answer:
1. Feeling sorry for the blind man, I gave him a hundred
2. Accompanied by Mohan, my uncle arrived.
3. We found the child crying for its father.
4. Raising his sword, he struck his enemy.
5. Hearing the bang, I sprang up from my bed.
6. Having broken his leg, it became dificult for him to walk
7. The lost child found no joy in the fair.

Combine the following sets of sentences, using a Non-finite verb (Infinitive, Gerund, or Participle).

1. I enjoyed the mangoes. These were sent by my uncle.
2. We go to the library. We read books there.
3. I am happy. I accept your invitation.
4. He took his gun. He fired at the bird.
5. She left home early. She arrived here on time.
6. He wants to marry Mary. His father is opposed to this.
7. Mohan sells apples. He earns fifty rupees a day.
8. It was an extremely cold day. I could not work at all. (Start with : It being ……….)
9. They held a meeting. They discussed the matters of the school.
10. I went to the Headmaster. I sought a favour.
Answer:
1. I enjoyed the mangoes sent by my uncle.
2. We go to the library to read books.
3. I am happy to accept your invitation.
4. Taking his gun, he fired at the bird.
5. Leaving her home early, she arrived here on time
6. His father is opposed to his marrying Mary
7. Selling apples, Mohan earns fifty rupees a day
8. It being an extremely cold day, I could not work at all. Go
9. They held a meeting to discuss the matters of the school.
10. I went to the Headmaster to seek a favour.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Fill in the blanks with suitable Non-finites (Infinitive, Gerund or Participle).

1. I am afraid of ……………… in the court. (appear)
2. ………………. thieves in her house, she started …………. (see, shout)
3. He decided ……….. his income by ……. a private tuition. (increase, take)
4. I noticed your friend …………. with a gambler. (sit)
5. It is easier …………. than ……….. (say, do)
6. Do you want ……….. my address ? (know)
7. Every miser hates …………. money. (spend)
8. They were eager ……….. the game. (start)
9. This rent is quite reasonable for a well …………. house. (furnish)
10. The children seemed ………….. on seeing the giant. (frighten)
Answer:
1. appearing
2. Seeing, shouting
3. to increase, taking
4. sitting
5. to do
6. to know
7. spending
8. to start
9. furnished
10. frightened.

Combine the following sets of sentences into a single sentence each.

1. Mohan is trying. He wants to follow Gandhiji.
2. The Chairman tried it. He wanted to put him off.
3. Mohan did not look at the girls. He avoided it.
4. The old man took the trouble of it. He explained the matter in detail.
5. It is no use. Don’t cry over spilt milk.
6. Hari does not accept bribes. He hates it.
7. You should not blow horn near a hospital. It is forbidden.
8. He stole the ornaments. He looked for a place to hide them.
9. I saw a gentleman. He was sitting next to me.
10. He stood aside. He was waiting for orders.
Answer:
1. Mohan is trying to follow Gandhiji.
2. The Chairman tried to put him off.
3. Mohan avoided looking at the girls.
4. The old man took the trouble of explaining the matter in detail
5. It is no use crying over spilt milk
6. Hari hates accepting bribes.
7. It is forbidden to blow a horn near a hospital.
8. Having stolen the ornaments, he looked for a place to hide them.
9. I saw a gentleman sitting next to me.
10. Standing aside, he was waiting for orders.

यदि कोई क्रिया कर्ता के वचन (number) और पुरुष (person) के प्रभाव से मुक्त हो तो उसे Non-finite Verb कहा जाता है; जैसे

1. I want to dance.
2. She wants to dance.
3. They want to dance.
4. Radha wants to dance.
ऊपर दिए गए वाक्यों में क्रिया dance पर कर्ता का कोई प्रभाव नहीं पड़ा है। इसलिए इसे Non-finite (असीमित अर्थात् बिना बन्धन) क्रिया कहा जाता है।

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Non-finites तीन प्रकार के होते हैं

1. The Infinitive
(a) Bare Infinitive
(b) To-infinitive.

2. The Gerund
3. The Participle
(a) Present Participle
(b) Past Participle
(c) Perfect Participle.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites 1

Bare Infinitive का प्रयोग

Bare Infinitive (to के बिना infinitive) का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. निम्नलिखित सहायक क्रियाओं (Modal Auxiliaries) के बाद :
do, does, did, can, could, will, would, shall, should, may, must, might, need, dare.
1. He may come today.
2. I shall accompany you.
3. I can play cricket.
4. You need not do it.
5. She dare not come here.

नोट : need और dare का प्रयोग जब मुख्य क्रियाओं के रूप में किया गया हो तो इनके साथ to- infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. He didn’t dare to come here.
2. You don’t need to go there.

नोट : सहायक क्रियाओं ought और used के बाद भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. You ought to finish your work.
2. He used to come here daily.

2. निम्नलिखित सकर्मक (Transitive) क्रियाओं के बाद :
make, let, bid, feel, hear, see, watch, notice, observe, आदि क्रियाओं के बाद bare infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है जब ये क्रियाएँ Active Voice में हों; जैसे
1. I saw him steal my pen.
2. I heard him go up the stairs.
3. I felt the cold air strike against my face.
किन्तु hear, make तथा see का प्रयोग जब Passive Voice में किया गया हो तो इनके बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. He was heard to say all this.
2. She was made to dance.
3. He was seen to enter the office.
नोट : feel, hear, see तथा watch के बाद प्रायः -ing वाली क्रिया अर्थात् Present Participle का प्रयोग भी किया जाता है; जैसे

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

1. I saw him leaving the office. (Active)
2. He was seen leaving the office. (Passive)
3. I heard her shouting at him. (Active)
4. She was heard shouting at him. (Passive)

3. had और would वाले निम्नलिखित phrases के बाद : had better, had rather, would rather, had sooner, would sooner.

1. I would rather die than beg.
2. You had better stop smoking.

4. than, but तथा except के बाद जब इनका प्रयोग conjunction के रूप में किया गया हो; जैसे
1. He did nothing but laugh.
2. I could do nothing except agree to it.
3. I would rather walk than ride your scooter.
नोट : but के बाद bare-infinitive का प्रयोग केवल तभी किया जाता है जब but से पूर्व मुख्य क्रिया के रूप में do, does अथवा did का प्रयोग किया गया हो।

To-infinitive का प्रयोग

To-infinitive का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. ought और have के बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है यदि इन शब्दों का प्रयोग किसी ज़िम्मेदारी (obligation) अथवा कर्त्तव्य को प्रकट करने के लिए किया गया हो। सहायक क्रिया used के बाद भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. We ought to help the poor.
2. You ought to respect your elders.
3. Boys had to pay their fees.
4. I have to support my family.
5. She has to live with her parents.
6. She used to come here daily.

नोट : ought और used के अतिरिक्त शेष सभी Modals के साथ bare-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है।

2. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ to-infinitive लगाया जाता है यदि इनका प्रयोग किसी मनोरथ, इच्छा अथवा तत्परता को प्रकट करने के लिए किया गया हो
want, hope, like, love, hate, promise, intend, propose, decide, swear, learn, remember, forget, agree, consent, neglect, refuse, attempt, fail, hesitate, prepare, care, pretend, determine, arrange, seem.

1. I want to go now.
2. She decided to marry him.
3. I forgot to answer this question.
4. They promised to pay all the taxes.

3. निम्नलिखित सकर्मक (transitive) क्रियाओं के साथ object लगाने के बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है
ask, advise, allow, beg, compel, encourage, force, instruct, invite, order, permit, request, tell, teach, warn, आदि।

1. I begged him to help me.
2. My mother asked me to work hard.
3. The teacher allowed him to go.
4. The boys requested the teacher to forgive them.

4. किसी कारण अथवा उद्देश्य को प्रकट करने के लिए भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे

1. She came here to consult you.
2. I went to Delhi to meet my brother.
3. They stopped at the market to buy some apples.

5. जब किसी क्रिया को कर्ता के रूप में प्रयोग किया गया हो, तो भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. To tell lies is a bad thing.
2. To play with fire is dangerous.
3. To kill little birds is a sin.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

6. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग object के रूप में किया जा रहा हो, तो भी to-infinitive का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I want to go now.
2. She hopes to pass this year.

7. किसी क्रिया के पूरक (complement) के रूप में to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. His aim was to get good marks.
2. My hobby is to collect stamps.
3. They were to reach here today.

8. किसी noun की विशेषता प्रकट करने के लिए; जैसे
1. This cloth is easy to wash.
2. This question is difficult to do.

9. too + adjective / adverb के बाद नकारात्मक अर्थ के लिए; जैसे
1. He is too weak to walk.
2. He was too drunk to drive home.
3. She walked too slowly to catch the train.

10. adjective / adverb + enough के बाद सकारात्मक अर्थ के लिए; जैसे
1. He is rich enough to buy a car.
2. She is old enough to travel by herself.
3. This bag is light enough for me to carry.
4. She jumped high enough to touch the ceiling.

11. यदि किसी ordinal number (first, second, last, आदि) का प्रयोग एक विशेषण के रूप में किया
गया हो तो इसके बाद to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है। जैसे
1. I was the first to reach there.
2. Radha was the last to leave the class.

12. how, when, where, what, आदि शब्दों के बाद object के रूप में to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I do not know how to swim.
2. He did not know what to do.
3. Can you tell me where to go ?
4. How can I say when to leave ?

13. It + is/was + adjective + for/ of + noun / pronoun to-infinitive का प्रयोग
1. It is easy for you to say that.
2. It was kind of him to help us.
3. It was brave of Ram to catch the thief.
4. It is difficult for Mohan to finish that work alone.

14. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग किसी adjective के बाद एक object के रूप में किया गया हो, तो to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I am happy to see you here.
2. It is bad to abuse others.
3. It is good to finish the work in time.

15. यदि किसी क्रिया का प्रयोग किसी noun या pronoun की व्याख्या करने के लिए किया गया हो, तो भी to-infinitive का प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. I have some letters to write.
2. I want some bread to eat.
3. He has a machine to wash the clothes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Rewrite adding ‘to’ where necessary before the Infinitives in brackets.

1. Mohan wants …………… (swim) in the river.
2. …………….. (kill) a man is a crime.
3. Mihir Sen wanted ………….. (swim) the English Channel.
4. Let him ……………. (go) now.
5. I have come …………… (see) the Principal.
6. It began …………….. (rain) and we couldn’t ……………. (go) out.
7. We saw him …………… (arrive) at the station.
8. The book was easy ……………. (read).
9. We didn’t …………… (expect) Rama . …………. (win).
10. They heard her ………….. (sing).
11. Mohan knows how …………. (answer) the question.
12. He was too tired ……………. (walk).
13. He made me …………….. (do) it.
14. They stopped …………….. (have) some rest.
15. He is saving money …………….. (buy) a scooter.
Answer:
1. to swim
2. To kill
3. to swim
4. go
5. to see
6. to rain, go
7. arrive
8. to read
9. expect, to win
10. sing
11. to answer
12. to walk
13. do
14. to have
15. to buy.

Use the verbs in brackets with or without ‘to’ to complete each sentence.

1. He is too weak (walk).
2. It is easy (make) mistakes.
3. Who is (blame) in this ?
4. This dress is good (wear).
5. Do you want (see) this film ?
6. I saw him (open) the door.
7. This cloth is easy (wash).
8. You ought (obey) your parents.
9. We don’t allow anyone (smoke) in this room.
10. The thief was seen (enter) the building.
11. She did not let me (enter) her room.
12. I made him (give) my money back.
13. I wanted (help) him but I could not (meet) him.
14. How dare you (open) my letter ?
15. I would rather (die) than (beg).
Answer:
1. to walk
2. to make
3. to blame
4. to wear
5. to see
6. open
7. to wash
8. to,obey
9. to smoke
10. enter
11. enter
12. give
13. to help, meet
14. open
15. die, beg.

Rewrite adding ‘to’ where necessary before the Infinitives in brackets.

1. I can (sing) quite well.
2. You needn’t (say) anything.
3. He made me (repeat) words.
4. He will be able (swim) very soon.
5. Would you like (come) with me?
6. I know he won’t (tell) the truth.
7. It is easy (find) fault with others.
8. You ought (go) today; he may (go) tomorrow.
9. How dare you (speak) to me like this?
10. Can you help me (move) this table ?
11. Visitors are requested (not feed) the animals in the zoo.
12. He tried (make) me a fool.
13. Did you hear the cock (crow)?
14. There is nothing (do) now.
15. I am sorry (disturb) you.
Answer:
1. sing
2. say
3. repeat
4. to swim
5. to come
6. tell
7. to find
8. to go, go
9. speak
10. move
11. not to feed
12. to make
13. crow.
14. to do
15. to disturb.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

The Gerund

क्रिया के ऐसे -ing वाले रूप को Gerund कहा जाता है जो किसी noun का काम कर रहा हो। इसके विभिन्न प्रयोग निम्नलिखित हैं

1. किसी क्रिया के Subject के रूप में; जैसे
1. Smoking causes cancer.
2. Swimming improves one’s health.

2. किसी क्रिया के Object के रूप में; जैसे
1. I love swimming.
2. I dislike smoking.

3. किसी Preposition के Object के रूप में; जैसे
1. He is fond of playing.
2. She was fined for coming late.

4. क्रिया ‘be’ के पूरक (complement) के रूप में; जैसे:
1. His only aim was cheating.
2. My favourite hobby is gardening.

5. किसी pronoun के समान-अधिकरण के रूप में; जैसे
1. It is no use crying.
2. It is foolish saying that.

6. निम्नलिखित शब्दों या शब्द-समूहों के बाद
No, busy, worth, be used to, object to, It is no use.

1. No smoking in the hall.
2. No parking here, please.
3. I am busy doing my homework.
4. This book is worth buying.
5. She is used to telling lies.
6. I am used to living a hard life.
7. I object to writing on my walls.
8. She objected to dancing in her house.
9. It is no use crying over spilt milk.
10. It is no use waiting for her now.

7. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के बाद object के रूप में to-infinitive तथा gerund में से किसी का भी प्रयोग किया जा सकता है
advise, allow, attempt, begin, continue, hate, intend, learn, like, love, remember, start, आदि

To-infinitive Gerund
1. He intends to live here.
2. I love to hear this song.
3. I remembered to see him.
4. We prefer to travel by air.
5. He continued to write letters.		 1. He intends living here.
2. I love hearing this song.
3. I remembered seeing him.
4. We prefer travelling by air.
5. He continued writing letters.

8. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ bare infinitive अथवा gerund में से किसी का भी प्रयोग किया जा सकता है
feel, hear, notice, observe, see, watch, आदि।

Bare Infinitive Gerund
1. I heard her come in.
2. She saw me cross the road.
3. I heard you shout in the class.		 1.  I heard her coming in
2.  She saw me crossing the road.
3. I heard you shouting in the class.

9. निम्नलिखित क्रियाओं के साथ केवल gerund का प्रयोग किया जाता है। इनके साथ infinitive का प्रयोग कभी नहीं किया जाना चाहिए|
avoid, delay, deny, dislike, enjoy, finish, forget, keep (जारी रखना), mind (बुरा मानना), imagine, pardon, postpone, risk, stop, suggest, try (परखना), understand.
1. Please stop writing.
2. I dislike telling lies.
3. Please pardon my saying so.
4. Don’t risk going out in the storm.
5. I avoid meeting such persons.

10. निम्नलिखित शब्दों के साथ भी केवल gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है
be worth, can’t bear, be no use, can’t stand, be no good, can’t help.
1. This table is worth buying.
2. It is no good imitating others.
3. It is no use crying over spilt milk.
4. She can’t bear living away from her children.
5. We couldn’t help laughing at him. (रोक न सकना)
6. I can’t stand smoking in my room. (सहन न कर सकना)

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

11. यदि mind शब्द का प्रयोग क्रिया के रूप में किया गया हो तो उसके बाद object के रूप में gerund का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए; जैसे
1. I don’t mind spending on books.
2. Would you mind sitting on the floor ?
3. Do you mind closing the window ?

12. किसी सम्बन्धवाचक संज्ञा या सर्वनाम के बाद सदा gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है; जैसे
1. Do you mind my smoking here?
2. I dislike Mohan’s coming late daily.
3. Your future depends on your working hard.

13. Need और want के साथ gerund का प्रयोग passive अर्थ में होता है; जैसे
1. My hair wants cutting (needs to be cut).
2. Your dress needs repairing (needs to be repaired).

14. यदि try शब्द के बाद infinitive का प्रयोग किया गया हो तो इस का अर्थ होता है – ‘प्रयत्न करना’
Try के बाद यदि gerund का प्रयोग हो तो इस का अर्थ होता है – ‘प्रयोग करना’ या ‘प्रयोग कर देखना’; जैसे
1. I tried to sleep, but couldn’t.
2. If you cannot sleep, try taking a sleeping pill.

15. Like के बाद यदि gerund का प्रयोग होता हो, तो उसका अर्थ होता है ‘आनन्द उठाना’।
Like के बाद यदि infinitive का प्रयोग हो, तो उसका अर्थ होता है-‘चाहना’, ‘सहमत होना’, ‘पसंद करना’, आदि; जैसे
1. I like swimming ( = I enjoy swimming).
2. I didn’t like to disturb her as she was sleeping.

किन्तु dislike के बाद सदा gerund का ही प्रयोग किया जाता है।
1. I disliked disturbing her as she was sleeping.
2. I disliked swimming in the muddy river.

Fill in the blanks with the correct form (Gerund or Infinitive) of verbs given in brackets.

1. I enjoyed………… (swim) in the river.
2. I want them ……………… (come) back soon.
3. The thief attempted …………. (escape) but he was caught.
4. The boys suggested …………. (go) for a picnic.
5. My grandmother dislikes …………. (use) face powder.
6. Don’t you remember ………… (see) her at Mohan’s birthday party ?
7. You must remember ……….. (telephone) me after ……….. (reach) there.
8. How long do you expect …………… (stay) in Agra ?
9. ……………. (learn) English quickly is not an easy thing.
10. She promised ……….. (return) it as soon as possible.
11. This problem is difficult ………….. (solve).
12. I wanted ………….. (suggest) it, but I was afraid of ……… (offend) her.
13. It is very easy …………. (criticize) other people’s work.
14. ………… (write) good essays is very difficult.
15. This book is not worth ……….. (buy).
Answer:
1. swimming
2. to come
3. to escape
4. going
5. using
6. seeing
7. to telephone,reaching
8. to stay
9. Learning
10. to return
11. to solve
12. to suggest, offending
13. to criticize
14. Writing
15. buying.

The Participle

क्रिया के जिस रूप में Verb तथा Adjective दोनों के गुण हों, उसे Participle कहा जाता है। Participles तीन प्रकार के होते हैं

Present Participle
(V1 -ing)		 Past Participle
(V3)		 Perfect Participle
(having + V3)
Seeing Seen Having seen
Drowning Drowned Having drowned
Finishing Finished Having finished

1. Present Participle उदाहरण
1. The results were encouraging.
2. A drowning man catches at a straw.
3. Seeing the police, the thief ran away.
4. Naresh went into the bathroom singing.

2. Past Participle of उदाहरण
1. I saw a faded rose.
2. I boarded a crowded bus.
3. These solved papers are very helpful.
4. His spoken English is much better than yours.

3. Perfect Participle के उदाहरण
1. Having won a prize, Neelu felt happy
2. Having done his homework, John went out to play.
3. Having bought a book, I came back from the market.
4. Having attended a meeting of the club, I came back.

Present Participle का प्रयोग 

Present Participle का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. Continuous Tense बनाने के लिए; जैसे____

1. He is writing a letter.
2. She was sleeping in her room.
3. It will be raining on the hills.

2. एक Adjective (विशेषण) के रूप में; जैसे
1. I saw a burning house.
2. Barking dogs seldom bite.
3. He told me an interesting story.

3. किसी Subject के पूरक (complement) के रूप में; जैसे
1. The girl was charming.
2. The work was tiring.
3. The play was boring.

4. Object के पूरक के रूप में, जैसे
1. I found her sleeping:
2. I saw him running.
3. We heard the bombs exploding.

5. जब कोई क्रिया वाक्य की मुख्य क्रिया के समय पर ही हो रही हो; जैसे
1. She went away laughing.
2. The girls entered the stage singing a song.
3. Looking through some old papers, I came across this letter.
I looked through some old papers and came across this letter.
4. Seeing the Headmaster, the students stopped talking.
The students saw the Headmaster and they stopped talking.

6. जब कोई कार्य मुख्य क्रिया का ही भाग हो या उसका परिणाम हो; जैसे
1. He fired, killing the tiger.
2. She went away, breaking my heart.
3. It rained heavily, flooding the rivers
4. The police fired, killing two thieves.

7. It + be + Present Participle + infinitive की रचना वाले वाक्यों में जैसे
1. It was depressing to find him sick.
2. It is boring to do the same thing every day.

8. have + object के बाद जैसे
1. He had people waiting for him all day.
2. I won’t have him sleeping in my room,

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

9. see / hear / feel / smell / watch / notice + object के बाद जैसे
1. I felt the earth moving.
2. I saw him passing my house.
3. She smelt something burning.
4. I watched them rehearsing the play.
5. Didn’t you hear the children shouting ?

10. catch / find / leave + object के बाद जैसे
1. He left me crying in pain.
2. I caught him stealing my books.
3. I found him standing at the door.

11. go तथा come के बाद शरीर सम्बन्धी क्रिया ओं के लिए जैसे –
1. She came dancing / crying / shouting / etc.
2. They went swimming / hunting / riding / shopping / etc.

12. spend / waste + समय या धन सम्बन्धी वर्णन के बाद जैसे |
1. He spends two hours a day swimming.
2. He spent a lot of money buying gifts for her.
3. He wasted a whole afternoon trying to repair his car.

13. be + busy के बाद जैसे
1. I am busy doing my homework.
2. She was busy packing her luggage.

Past Participle का प्रयोग

Past Participle का प्रयोग निम्नलिखित स्थितियों में किया जाता है

1. Perfect Tense बनाने के लिए; जैसे
1. Ram has gone to Shimla.
2. I have finished my work.
3. She had written the poem.

2. विशेषण के रूप में; जैसे
1. I saw a wounded bird.
2. They don’t admit failed students.

3. Subject के पूरक के रूप में; जैसे
1. The corrupt officer was dismissed.
2. All the schools were closed.

4. Object के पूरक के रूप में; जैसे
1. I found the books stolen.
2. They left the work unfinished.

5. Adverb के रूप में; जैसे
1. He went away greatly satisfied.
2. He left the hospital cured.

6. दो वाक्यों को जोड़ने के लिए; जैसे
A speeding car hit him. He died on the spot.
= Hit by a speeding car, he died on the spot.

Perfect Participle का प्रयोग

1. He milked the cow. Then he went to market.
= Having milked the cow, he went to market.

2. He finished his work. Then he went home.
= Having finished his work, he went home.

3. He completed his studies. Then he started looking for a job.
= Having completed his studies, he started looking for a job.

Use the correct non-finite form (Infinitive, Gerund or Participle) of the given- verbs.

1. The rice will grow well in the (come) season.
2. We heard of his (come) back today.
3. We hope (see) him back soon.
4. (believe) him to be right, I trusted him.
5. Night (come) on, the men went home.
6. Did you hear of his (win) a prize ?
7. I am tired of (do) this work.
8. Generally (speak), we get what we deserve.
9. We saw him (leave) the house.
10. I was very happy (see) you.
11. I shall be glad (help) you.
12. My wife (expect) my return, did not leave the house.
Answer:
1. go
2. to smoke
3. to accept
4. telling
5. polish
6. crying
7. going
8. taking
9. Swimming
10. to stay
11. living
12. to meet.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Non-Finites

Put the verbs in brackets into the correct Non-finite form.

1. Please let me (go) now.
2. He used (smoke) too much.
3. He refused (accept) the bribe.
4. My dad hates (tell) lies.
5; He made me (polish) his shoes.
6. It is no use (cry) over spilt milk.
7. He is used to (go) to cinema too often.
8. She objected to (take) her bicycle.
9. (swim) is a good exercise.
10. I don’t know where (stay) for the night.
11. He dislikes (live) in the village.
12. I arranged (meet) him in a hotel.
Answer:
1. coming
2. coming
3. to see
4. Believing
5. having come
6. winning
7. doing
8. speaking
9. leave / leaving
10. to see
11. to help
12. expecting.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 7th Class Computer Science Book Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 7 Computer Science Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Computer Guide for Class 7 PSEB Storage Devices Textbook Questions and Answers

1. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
Primary memory is also called ……………..
(a) Internal memory
(b) External memory
(c) Physical memory
(d) Auxiliary memory.
Answer:
(a) Internal memory

Question 2.
…………….memory is not a Read-Only Memory.
(a) ROM
(b) PROM
(c) EPROM
(d) RAM.
Answer:
(a) ROM

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 3.
…………….is not a portable storage device.
(a) External Hard Disk
(b) Pen Drive
(c) Hard Disk Drive
(d) Memory Card.
Answer:
(c) Hard Disk Drive

Question 4.
The memory is divided into number of small parts called ……………. .
(a) Cells
(b) Area
(c) Inter-section
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Cells

Question 5.
USB means ……………. .
(a) Uniform Service Book
(b) Universal Serial Bus
(c) Universal Straight Bus
(d) Uniform Serial Bus.
Answer:
(b) Universal Serial Bus

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

2. Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is the capacity of floppy disk?
Answer:
1.4 MB.

Question 2.
What is the capacity of Compact Disc (CD)?
Answer:
650-700 MB.

Question 3.
Which memory unit is usually used to measure the Storage capacity of a hard disks?
Answer:
1 GB Memory unit is used to measure the storage capacity of a hard disk.

Question 4.
Which is having greater storage capacity out of CD or DVD?
Answer:
DVD has higher storage capacity.

Question 5.
Which computer port is used to attach Pen Drive?
Answer:
USB Port.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

3. Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is memory? Write down two main categories of memories.
Answer:
Computer memory is a physical device capable of storing data and information. It is a storage space where data and instructions are stored either for processing or for further uses. It can store data and instructions either temporarily (RAM) or permanently (ROM).
Memory can be of two types, Primary Memory and Secondary Memory.

Question 2.
Write the name of any four Secondary Memory devices.
Answer:
Hard Disk, Floppy Disk, Pen Drive and Memory Card.

Question 3.
What is Memory Card?
Answer:
A memory card is a flash memory. It is used in electronic devices such as digital cameras, mobile phones or video game consoles. The memory card can , store data, images, music, games or other computer files. Memory cards have no J moving parts so they are not easily damaged. They are more compact and portable than CDs or DVDs, and they can store more data than CDs. The data stored in the memory card can be read with the help of card reader.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 4.
Write a short note on Pen Drive.
Answer:
A pen drive is a portable Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs / CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data.

Question 5.
Write about CD.
Answer:
A compact disc (CD) is a type of optical secondary storage media. It is circular in shape and small in size. A CD is a portable device that we use for ,, storing text, video, audio, graphics, images, or taking backup of data, programs and software. A CD can store around 700 MB data.

4. Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write a note on Primary Memory.
Answer:
The primary memory is also known as the main memory of a computer. It is in-built memory of a computer in which data and instructions are stored for processing. It is essential for the working of a computer.
There are two types of primary memory: RAM and ROM.

RAM:
RAM stands for Random Access Memory. This is a volatile memory. This means it stores data or instructions temporarily. It is located on the motherboard. When you start the computer, Data and instructions from the hard disk are stored in RAM.

RAM is further divided into two types:

  • SRAM (Static Random Access Memory): This stores a bit of data using the state of a six transistor memory cell.
  • DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory): This stores a bit data using a pair of transistor and. capacitor which constitute a DRAM memory cell.

ROM:
The term ROM stands for Read Only Memory. It is a non-volatile memory. As the name indicated, information can only be read from this type of – memory. It stores the data permanently.
Types of Read Only Memory (ROM):

  • PROM (Programmable Read Only Memory)
  • EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory)
  • EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory).

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 2.
What is HDD? Explain.
Answer:
Hard disks are the secondary storage devices used to store data permanently. It is directly connected to the disk controller on the motherboard. Hard disks are flat, circular plates made of aluminum or glass and coated with a magnetic material. Hard disk platters typically spin very fast at 5400 to 7200 cycles/minute.
There are two types of Hard disks:

1. Internal Hard Disk:
Internal hard drives are located inside your computer. Most computers come with a single internal hard drive, which includes the operating system and pre-installed applications.

2. External Hard Drive:
An external hard drive, also called a portable hard drive. It is a device connected to the outside of a computer via a USB connection. It is often used to back up a computer or portable storage.

Question 3.
What is Secondary Memory? Explain any one secondary memory device.
Answer:
Secondary memory is permanent memory. It is not directly accessible by CPU. It communicates with the CPU through the main memory. Secondary memory stores data and holds it even when power is off. It is used to store large amount of data or programs. It is less expensive than the primary memory.

Pen Drive:
A pen drive is a portable universal serial bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs/CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data.

Question 4.
Write precautions that we must follow while using CD/DVD.
Answer:
While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind :

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 5.
What is External Hard Disk drive? Write its advantages.
Answer:
External disk drive is a portable secondary memory. It has large storage capacity. It is a removable device. The external disk drive is connected to computer through USB port. These disks allow user to put sensitive, confidential or important information on them, then disconnect them and store them in secure locations.

Activity

Question 1.
Put the following Terms in respective Groups
1. RAM
2. CD
3. Hard Disk
4. ROM
5. EPROM
6. Memory Card
7. DVD
8. EEPROM
PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices 1
Answer:

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

PSEB 7th Class Computer Guide Storage Devices Important Questions and Answers

1. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
The size of a commonly used floppy is ……………. inches.
(a) 2.5
(b) 3.5
(c) 4.5
(d) 5.25
Answer:
(b) 3.5

Question 2.
A CD can store ……………..MB data.
(a) 600
(b) 700
(c) 800
(d) 200.
Answer:
(b) 700

Question 3.
1 GB ……………. is equal to MB.
(a) 512
(b) 8
(c) 1024
(d) 256.
Answer:
(c) 1024

Question 4.
Primary memory is divided into ……………. parts.
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) Four
(d) Five.
Answer:
(a) Two

Question 5.
Used to store a lot of multimedia information …………….  .
(a) CD
(b) DVD (Digital Versatile Disk)
(c) B.D.
(d) Floppy.
Answer:
(b) DVD (Digital Versatile Disk)

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 6.
1024 bytes = ……………. .
(a) 1 MB
(b) 1 GB
(c) 1 KB
(d) 10 MB.
Answer:
(c) 1 KB

Question 7.
Which of the following is an optical storage media?
(a) Hard disk
(b) CD
(c) RAM
(d) Floppy.
Answer:
(b) CD

Question 8.
Which of the following stores high definition videos?
(a) CD
(b) DVD
(c) Blu-ray
(d) Floppy Disk.
Answer:
(c) Blu-ray

Question 9.
The CPU directly retrieves information or data from the …………….  .
(a) Hard disk
(b) CD
(c) RAM
(d) DVD.
Answer:
(c) RAM

Question 10.
Which of the following is a secondary storage device?
(a) ROM
(b) Cache
(c) Hard disk
(d) RAM.
Answer:
(c) Hard disk

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

2. True/False

1. The main memory is available in the form of an electronic chip.
Answer:
True

2. The floppy disk can store 700 MB of data.
Answer:
False.

3. A DVD can store 4.7 GB data.
Answer:
True

4. Always write with a sharpened pen on the back of the CD/DVD.
Answer:
False.

5. Do not keep the floppy in a dry, clean and cool place.
Answer:
False.

6. A hard disk can store 2 TB to 5 TB data.
Answer:
True

7. The primary memory comprises of RAM and ROM.
Answer:
True

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

8. The secondary memory is also known as main storage.
Answer:
False.

9. 1 GB is equal to 1024 MB.
Answer:
True

10. Individually, a binary number is known as bit.
Answer:
True

11. RAM is not faster than secondary storage devices.
Answer:
True

12. Bits and bytes are units of computer memory.
Answer:
True

13. A portable hard disk is generally used for taking back up.
Answer:
True

14. The instructions that are written onto ROM can be altered.
Answer:
False.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

3. write the Full Forms

Question 1.
1. KB.
2. MB,
3. GB,
4. TB,
5. ROM,
6. RAM,
7. CD,
8. DVD.

Answer:

1. KB: Kilobytes
2. MB: Megabytes
3. GB: Gigabytes
4. TB: Terabytes
5. ROM: Read Only Memory
6. RAM: Random Access Memory
7. CD: Compact Disc
8. DVD: Digital Versatile Disc.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

4. Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Name two types of primary memory.
Answer:

  • RAM (Random Access Memory)
  • ROM (Read Only Memory).

Question 2.
Name four storage devices.
Answer:

  • CD (Compact Disc)
  • DVD (Digital Versatile Disk)
  • Floppy disk
  • Hard disk.

Question 3.
Explain the differences between RAM and ROM.
Answer:
Following are the important differences between RAM and ROM:

RAM ROM
1. RAM stands for Random Access Memory 1. ROM stands for Read Only Memory.
2. RAM data is volatile. Data is present till power supply is present. 2. ROM data is permanent. Data remains even after power supply is not present.
3. RAM data can be read, erased or modified. 3. ROM data is read only.
4. RAM is used to store data that CPU needs for current instruction processing. 4. ROM is used to store data that is needed to bootstrap the computer.
5. RAM speed is quite high. 5. ROM speed is slower than RAM.
6. CPU can access data stored on RAM. 6. Data to be copied from ROM to RAM so that CPU can access its data.
7. RAM memory is large and of high capacity. 7. ROM is generally small and of low capacity.
8. RAM is used as CPU Cache, Primary Memory. 8. ROM is used as firmware by micro controllers.
9. RAM is costly. 9. ROM is cheap.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 4.
What is a floppy disk?
Answer:
It is a secondary device in which data is stored. It is a circular plastic plate. It is 3.5 inches in size. The floppy disk can store 1.44 MB of data.

Question 5.
Provide information about CD ROM.
Answer:
The full name of CD ROM is Compact Disk Read Only Memory. It can store up to 700 MB of data. The information is written only once in Read Only CD. It cannot be changed after that.

Question 6.
Why we use DVD?
Answer:
The full name of DVD is Digital Versatile Disk. It can store a lot of data. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. A DVD can store 2 TB to 5 TB data.

5. Long Answer Type Questions

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 1.
Describe the types of memory. Answer in detail.
Answer:
Types of Computer Memory –
There are many types of memory in a computer; the most basic is primary memory, also called system memory, and the secondary memory, commonly called storage. Details about these memories are given ahead:

Primary Memory:
Primary memory is the main memory of a computer system. It stores the data temporarily. It holds only those data on which computer is currently working. Primary memory is directly accessed by the CPU. It has limited storage capacity and data is lost when power is switched off. Primary memory is a semiconductor memory because it is manufactured using semiconductor devices. The capacity of primary memory is very limited and is always less than that of secondary memory. It is more expensive than secondary memory.

Characteristics of Main Memory:

  • These are semiconductor memories.
  • It is known as the main memory.
  • Usually volatile memory.
  • Data is lost in case power is switched off.
  • It is the working memory of the computer.
  • Faster than secondary memories.
  • A computer cannot run without the primary memory.

Types of Primary Memory:
There are two types of primary memory:
1. RAM (Random Access Memory)
2. ROM (Read Only Memory)

1. RAM:
RAM stands for Random Access Memory. This is a volatile memory. This means it stores data or instructions temporarily. It is located on the motherboard. When you start the computer, Data and instructions from the hard disk are stored in RAM. The CPU uses this data to perform the required functions. RAM loses all data as soon as you shut down the computer.

The most important thing to understand about RAM is that RAM memory is very fast, it is a read/write memory. It is much more expensive than secondary memory. Due to the high cost of RAM, most computer systems use both primary and secondary memory, RAM is further divided into two types :

(a) SRAM (Static Random Access Memory): This stores a bit of data using the state of a six transistor memory cell.
(b) DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory): This stores a bit data using a pair of transistor and capacitor which constitute a DRAM memory cell.

SRAM:

  • Transistors are used to store information in SRAM.
  • Capacitors are used to store data in DRAM.
  • SRAM is faster as compared to DRAM.
  • DRAM provides slow access speeds.
  • These are expensive.
  • These are cheaper.
  • SRAMs are low density devices.
  • DRAMs are high density devices.
  • These are used in cache memories.
  • These are used in main memories.

2. ROM:
This means read only memory. It is a non-volatile memory. It stores the data permanently. These are the IC (integrated circuits) inside the PC that makes up the ROM. ROM stores a startup program called ‘Bootstrap Loader’. When the computer’s power is turned on “Bootstrap Loader” checks and starts the device connected to the PC. ROM can only be read by CPU but cannot be changed.
Types of Read Only Memory (ROM) :

(a) PROM (Programmable Read Only Memory):
PROM is read¬only memory that can be modified only one time by a user.. Once programmed, the data and instructions contained in it cannot be changed.

(b) EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory):
It can be reprogrammed. To delete data from it, place it in front of an ultra violet light. To re-program it, delete all previous data

(c) EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory):
Data stored in EEPROM can be deleted and modified as many times as user wants. Implementing electric field can erase data, no need for ultra-violet light. We can only delete parts of the chip.

Secondary Memory:
Secondary memory is permanent memory. It is not directly accessible by CPU. It communicates with the CPU through the main memory. Secondary memory stores data and holds it even when power is off. It is used to store large amount of data or programs. It is less expensive than the primary memory.

Secondary memory refers to the various storage media on which a computer can store data and programs. Floppy disks, Hard Disks, magnetic disks, magnetic tapes are the examples of secondary memory.
The Secondary storage media are of two types :

  • Fixed: Fixed Storage media is an internal storage medium like hard disk that is fixed inside the computer.
  • Removable: Storage medium that are portable and can be taken outside the computer are termed as removable storage media like CD, DVD, Pen drive etc.

Characteristics of Secondary Memory:

  • These are magnetic and optical memories.
  • It is known as the backup memory.
  • It is a non-volatile memory.
  • Data is permanently stored even if power is switched off.
  • It is used for storage of data in a computer.
  • Computer may run without the secondary memory.
  • Slower than primary memories.

(i) Magnetic Tapes:
Magnetic discs are made of hard metal or synthetic plastic material. Magnetic material is coated on both sides of the disc platter and both sides can be used for storage. The magnetic disk provides direct access to both small and large computer systems. Magnetic audio tapes are used to record sound and music. Magnetic video tapes are used to record analog voice and video signals. These are low cost tapes. Hard disks and floppy disks are examples of magnetic tapes.

(ii) Floppy Disk:
Also known as floppy diskette, it is a removable, portable secondary storage device. This was created in 1964 by IBM. It is a small plastic disc about 3.5 inches in size. These disks have very low storage capacity and can store approximately 1.4 MB of data. It can be read or written by a floppy disk drive.

(iii) Hard Disk:
Hard disks are the secondary storage devices used to store data permanently. It is directly connected to the disk controller on the motherboard. Hard disks are flat, circular plates made of aluminum or glass and coated with a magnetic material. Hard disk platters
typically spin very fast at 5400 to 7200 cycles/minute.

It has unlimited storage space and its storage capacity ranges from 20 GB to 500 GB. It used to install a new program or application on the device. Software programs, images, videos, etc. all can be saved to the hard drive. There are two types of hard disks.
1. Internal Hard Disk: Internal hard drives are located inside your computer. Most computers come with a single internal hard drive, which includes the operating system and pre-installed applications.

2. External Hard Drive:
An external hard drive, also called a portable hard drive. It is a device connected to the outside of a computer via a USB connection. It is often used to back up a computer or portable storage.

(iv) Optical Drives:
Optical drives are a storage medium from which data is read and written by a laser. Optical disks can store up to 6GB of data. Optical storage devices are the most widely used and reliable storage devices. The most commonly used types of optical storage devices are:

    1. CD-ROM
    2. DVD-ROM
    3. CD-RECORDABLE
    4. CD-REWRITABLE
    5. PHOTO-CD

CD:
A compact disc is a flat, round, optical storage medium invented by James Russell. It is a portable storage medium that was used to digitally store and play the audio, video and other data. Compact discs have greater storage capacity than floppy disks. These disks can store 650-700 MB of data. This is a very reliable storage media. There are two types of CDs :

(а) CD-R:
CD-R stands for Compact Disc-Recordabie, also known as ROM is a digital optical disk storage format. A CD-R disc is a compact disc that can be written once and arbitrarily read multiple times.

(b) CD-RW:
CD-RW (compact disc-rewritable) is a digital optical disk storage format introduced in 1997. A CD-RW compact disc (CD-RW) can be read, written, erased, and rewritten.

2.DVD:
Stands for Digital Video Disc or Digital Versatile Disc. It is a digital optical disc data storage format that was invented and developed in 1995 and released in late 1996. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. It is the same size of a CD, but it has a large storage capacity. Some DVDs are specifically formatted for video playback, while others contain different types of data, such as software programs and computer files.

While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind:

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

Pen Drive:
A pen drive is a portable universal serial bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs / CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data. Memory Card: A memory card is a flash memory. It is used in electronic devices such as digital cameras, Mobile phones or video game consoles. The memory card can stores data, images, music, games or other computer files. Memory cards have no moving parts so they are not easily damaged. They are more compact and portable than CDs or DVDs, and they can store more data than CDs. The data stored in the memory card can be read with the help of card reader.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 2.
What is secondary memory? Explain its types in detail.
Answer:
Secondary Memory:
Secondary memory is permanent memory. It is not directly accessible by CPU. It communicates with the CPU through the main memory. Secondary memory stores data and holds it even when power is off. It is used to store large amount of data or programs. It is less expensive than the primary memory.

Secondary memory refers to the various storage media on which a computer can store data and programs. Floppy disks, Hard Disks, magnetic disks, magnetic tapes are the examples of secondary memory.
The Secondary storage media are of two types:

  • Fixed: Fixed Storage media is an internal storage medium like hard disk that is fixed inside the computer.
  • Removable: Storage medium that are portable and can be taken outside the computer are termed as removable storage media like CD, DVD, Pen drive etc.

Characteristics of Secondary Memory:

  • These are magnetic and optical memories.
  • It is known as the backup memory.
  • It is a non-volatile memory.
  • Data is permanently stored even if power is switched off.
  • It is used for storage of data in a computer.
  • Computer may run without the secondary memory.
  • Slower than primary memories.

(i) Magnetic Tapes:
Magnetic discs are made of hard metal or synthetic plastic material. Magnetic material is coated on both sides of the disc platter and both sides can be used for storage. The magnetic disk provides direct access to both small and large computer systems. Magnetic audio tapes are used to record sound and music. Magnetic video tapes are used to record analog voice and video signals. These are low cost tapes. Hard disks and floppy disks are examples of magnetic tapes.

(ii) Floppy Disk:
Also known as floppy diskette, it is a removable, portable secondary storage device. This was created in 1964 by IBM. It is a small plastic disc about 3.5 inches in size. These disks have very low storage capacity and can store approximately 1.4 MB of data. It can be read or written by a floppy disk drive.

(iii) Hard Disk:
Hard disks are the secondary storage devices used to store data permanently. It is directly connected to the disk controller on the motherboard. Hard disks are flat, circular plates made of aluminum or glass and coated with a magnetic material. Hard disk platters typically spin very fast at 5400 to 7200 cycles/minute.

It has unlimited storage space and its storage capacity ranges from 20 GB to 500 GB. It used to install a new program or application on the device. Software programs, images, videos, etc. all can be saved to the hard drive. There are two types of hard disks.
1. Internal Hard Disk: Internal hard drives are located inside your computer. Most computers come with a single internal hard drive, which includes the operating system and pre-installed applications.

2. External Hard Drive:
An external hard drive, also called a portable hard drive. It is a device connected to the outside of a computer via a USB connection. It is often used to back up a computer or portable storage.

(iv) Optical Drives:
Optical drives are a storage medium from which data is read and written by a laser. Optical disks can store up to 6 GB of data. Optical storage devices are the most widely used and reliable storage devices. The most commonly used types of optical storage devices are:

    1. CD-ROM
    2. DVD-ROM
    3. CD-RECORDABLE
    4. CD-REWRITABLE
    5. PHOTO-CD

1. CD:
A compact disc is a flat, round, optical storage medium invented by James Russell. It is a portable storage medium that was used to digitally store and play the audio, video and other data. Compact discs have greater storage capacity than floppy disks. These disks can store 650-700 MB of data. This is a very reliable storage media. There are two types of CDs :

(а) CD-R:
CD-R stands for Compact Disc-Recordabie, also known as ROM is a digital optical disk storage format. A CD-R disc is a compact disc that can be written once and arbitrarily read multiple times.

(b) CD-RW:
CD-RW (compact disc-rewritable) is a digital optical disk storage format introduced in 1997. A CD-RW compact disc (CD-RW) can be read, written, erased, and rewritten.

2. DVD:
Stands for Digital Video Disc or Digital Versatile Disc. It is a digital optical disc data storage format that was invented and developed in 1995 and released in late 1996. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. It is the same size of a CD, but it has a large storage capacity. Some DVDs are specifically formatted for video playback, while others contain different types of data, such as software programs and computer files.

While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind:

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

3. Pen Drive:
A pen drive is a portable universal serial bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs / CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data.

4. Memory Card:
A memory card is a flash memory. It is used in electronic devices such as digital cameras, Mobile phones or video game consoles. The memory card can stores data, images, music, games or other computer files. Memory cards have no moving parts so they are not easily damaged. They are more compact and portable than CDs or DVDs, and they can store more data than CDs. The data stored in the memory card can be read with the help of card reader.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 3.
Explain the difference between primary and secondary memory.
Answer:
Differences between Primary Memory and Secondary Memory:
In this lesson, we have talked about both primary and secondary memory. Both are quite useful in their own way, now we will look at the difference between the both.

  1. Primary memory is also called internal memory. Secondary memory is also called backup memory or auxiliary memory.
  2. Primary memory can be accessed by data bus while secondary memory is accessed through I/O channels.
  3. Primary memory data is accessed directly by the processing unit. Secondary memory data cannot be accessed directly by the processor.
  4. Primary memory is more expensive than secondary memory. Secondary memory is cheaper than primary memory.
  5. Primary memory is both unstable and static. Secondary memory is always unchanging memory.

Question 4.
What is DVD? Explain in detail.
Answer:
DVD:
Stands for Digital Video Disc or Digital Versatile Disc. It is a digital optical disc data storage format that was invented and developed in 1995 and released in late 1996. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. It is the same size of a CD, but it has a large storage capacity. Some DVDs are specifically formatted for video playback, while others contain different types of data, such as software programs and computer files.

While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind :

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 5.
What is a magnetic tape? Explain in detail.
Answer:
Magnetic Tapes:
Magnetic discs are made of hard metal or synthetic plastic material. Magnetic material is coated on both sides of the disc platter and both sides can be used for storage. The magnetic disk provides direct access to both small and large computer systems. Magnetic audio tapes are used to record sound and music. Magnetic video tapes are used to record analog voice and video signals. These are low cost tapes. Hard disks and floppy disks are examples of magnetic tapes.

Question 6.
What is a hard disk and how many types are there?
Answer:
Hard Disk:
Hard disks are the secondary storage devices used to store data permanently. It is directly connected to the disk controller on the motherboard. Hard disks are flat, circular plates made of aluminum or glass and coated with a magnetic material. Hard disk platters typically spin very fast at 5400 to 7200 cycles/minute.

It has unlimited storage space and its storage capacity ranges from 20 GB to 500 GB. It used to install a new program or application on the device. Software programs, images, videos, etc. all can be saved to the hard drive. There are two types of hard disks.

1. Internal Hard Disk:
Internal hard drives are located inside your computer. Most computers come with a single internal hard drive, which includes the operating system and pre-installed applications.

2. External Hard Drive:
An external hard drive, also called a portable hard drive. It is a device connected to the outside of a computer via a USB connection. It is often used to back up a computer or portable storage.

PSEB 7th Class Computer Solutions Chapter 8 Storage Devices

Question 7.
What do you mean by Optical drive?
Answer:
Optical Drives:
Optical drives are a storage medium from which data is read and written by a laser. Optical disks can store up to 6 GB of data. Optical storage devices are the most widely used and reliable storage devices. The most commonly used types of optical storage devices are:

    1. CD-ROM
    2. DVD-ROM
    3. CD-RECORDABLE
    4. CD-REWRITABLE
    5. PHOTO-CD

1. CD:
A compact disc is a flat, round, optical storage medium invented by James Russell. It is a portable storage medium that was used to digitally store and play the audio, video and other data. Compact discs have greater storage capacity than floppy disks. These disks can store 650-700 MB of data. This is a very reliable storage media. There are two types of CDs :

(а) CD-R:
CD-R stands for Compact Disc-Recordabie, also known as ROM is a digital optical disk storage format. A CD-R disc is a compact disc that can be written once and arbitrarily read multiple times.

(b) CD-RW:
CD-RW (compact disc-rewritable) is a digital optical disk storage format introduced in 1997. A CD-RW compact disc (CD-RW) can be read, written, erased, and rewritten.

2. DVD:
Stands for Digital Video Disc or Digital Versatile Disc. It is a digital optical disc data storage format that was invented and developed in 1995 and released in late 1996. DVD is a type of optical media used to store digital data. It is the same size of a CD, but it has a large storage capacity. Some DVDs are specifically formatted for video playback, while others contain different types of data, such as software programs and computer files.

While using CDs and DVDs, we should keep the following in mind:

  • CD / DVD should always be covered.
  • The back shiny part of the CD / DVD should not be touched.
  • Don’t write on the back of the CD / DVD.
  • CD / DVD should not be folded.
  • To clean CDs / DVDs / DVDs, a soft cloth should be used. You can also use water to remove dust from it.

3. Pen Drive:
A pen drive is a portable universal serial bus (USB) flash memory device. It is used to store and transfer audio, video and data files from a computer. The major advantage of USB pen drives over other portable storage devices such as floppy disks or DVDs / CDs is their compact shape and size; they work faster and can store more data.

4. Memory Card:
A memory card is a flash memory. It is used in electronic devices such as digital cameras, Mobile phones or video game consoles. The memory card can stores data, images, music, games or other computer files. Memory cards have no moving parts so they are not easily damaged. They are more compact and portable than CDs or DVDs, and they can store more data than CDs. The data stored in the memory card can be read with the help of card reader.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Voice Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Change the Voice in the following sentences.

Question 1.
1. She will water the plants.
2. We expect happy news.
3. Does Raghu speak the truth?
4. They did not listen to me.
5. He helped his father in his old age.
6. The children were collecting stamps.
7. Columbus discovered America.
8. You cannot always expect such wonders.
9. Somebody has stolen my camera.
10. The boss has accepted my proposal.
11. I know his ways.
12. Do not insult your elders.
13. The teacher will punish the naughty boys.
14. Your behaviour displeased me.
15. Am I favouring you ?
Answer:
1. The plants will be watered by her.
2. Happy news is expected by us.
3. Is the truth spoken by Raghu ?
4. I was not listened to by them.
5. His father was helped in his old age by him.
6. Stamps were being collected by the children.
7. America was discovered by Columbus.
8. Such wonders cannot be expected always.
9. My camera has been stolen.
10. My proposal has1 been accepted by the boss.
11. His ways are known to me.
12. Your elders should not be insulted.
13. The naughty boys will be punished by the teach
14. I was displeased with your behaviour
15. Are you being favoured by plan

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Question 2.
1. A race is run by them.
2. Who had been fined ?
3. A noise was made by you.
4. By whom are you taught English ?
5. It has to be learnt by heart.
6. Nothing will be done by them.
7. What is wanted by you ?
8. They were being taught by us.
9. The beggar was being insulted by them.
10. He will not have been abused by us.
11. I should not be disturbed.
12. My camera has been stolen by her.
13. This picture has been painted by me.
14. The thieves were caught by the police.
15. The child was knocked down by a car.
Answer:
1. They are running a race.
2. Who had fined him / her ?
3. You mame noise.
4. Who teaches you English ?
5. One has to learn it by heart.
6. Men will do nothing.
7. What do you want ?
8. We were teaching they them.
9. They were insulting the beggar.
10. We will not have abused
11. Nobody should disturb me.
12. She has stolen my camera.
13. I am have painted this picture.
14. The police caught the thieves.
15. A car knocked down the child.

Question 3.
1. I have seen this.
2. Nobody has touched it.
3. One must do one’s duty.
4. It is time to have tea.
5. He may avoid you.
6. Have you called out the roll ?
7. The police have arrested him.
8. May I smoke?
9. Let her sing.
10. They say that honesty is the best policy.
Answer:
1. This has been seen by me.
2. It has not been touched by anybody.
3. Duty must be done.
4. It is time for tea to be had.
5. You may be avoided by him.
6. Has the roll been called out by you ?
7. He has been arrested (by the police).
8. May I be permitted to smoke ?
9. She should be allowed to sing.
10. It is said that honesty is the best policy.

Question 4.
1. What cannot be cured must be endured.
2. It was hoped that he would pass.
3. Let the match be played by them.
4. It is said that virtue is its own reward.
5. You may be avoided by him.
6. His name will have to be struck off.
7. You are requested to listen to him.
8. I am astonished at his way of talking.
9. It should be done.
10. It is time to call in the doctor.
Answer:
1. One must endure what cannot be cured.
2. We hoped that he would pass
3. Let them play the match.
4. They say that virtue is its own reward.
5. He may avoid you.
6. They will have to strike off his name.
7. I request you to listen to him.
8. His way of talking astonishes me.
9. You should do it.
10. It is time for the doctor to be called in.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Question 5.
1. A meeting is being held here.
2. The bond was signed.
3. Duty must be done.
4. They were refused admission to this school.
5. Many persons were thrown out of jobs.
6. They were forced to listen.
7. What cannot be cured must be endured.
8. The child has been named Udit.
9. Promises will always be kept.
10. I was made captain of the school cricket team.
Answer:
1. They are holding a meeting here.
2. They signed the bond.
3. One must do one’s duty.
4. The Principal refused to admit them to this school.
5. The company threw many persons out of jobs.
6. He forced them to listen
7. One must endure what cannot be cured.
8. The parents have named the child Udit.
9. We will always keep our promises.
10. They made me captain of the school cricket team.

Question 6.
1. He is a man to trust.
2. I shall have to strike off his name. (His name will have to be struck off.)
3. Women like men to flatter them.
4. I want to buy this car.
5. He wants to become a pilot.
6. Shall I have to punish him ?
7. You have to do it.
8. It is time to say goodbye.
9. I have a lot yet to do.
10. He is a person to rely on.
Answer:
1. He is a man to be trusted.
2. His name will have to be struck off.
3. Women like to be flattered by men.
4. It is wanted by me to buy this car.
5. Becoming a pilot is wanted by him.
6. Will he have to be punished by me ?
7. It has to be done by you.
8. It is time for goodbye to be said.
9. A lot is yet to be done by me.
10. He is a person to be relied on.

Question 7.
1. Why did you abuse me ?
2. Who told a lie ?
3. When did you see the star ?
4. How has the teacher marked her absent ?
5. When did you pluck these flowers ?
Answer:
1. Why was I abused by you ?
2. By whom was a lie told ?
3. When was the star seen by you ?
4. How has she been marked absent by the teacher ?
5. When were these flowers plucked by you ?

Question 8.
1. Help everybody.
2. Help me, please.
3. Never waste your time.
4. Speak no evil of anybody.
5. Post this letter.
6. Learn it by heart.
7. Do not make a noise.
8. Show the guests in.
9. Kindly grant me leave.
10. Sit down, please.
Answer:
1. Everybody should be helped.
2. I may please be helped.
3. Never let your time be wasted.
4. Let not evil of anybody be spoken
5. Let this letter be posted.
6. It should be learned by heart.
7. Let a noise not be made.
8. The guests should be shown in.
9. I may kindly be granted leave.
10. You are requested to sit down.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Question 9.
1. Is this book being sold well ?
2. Quinine tastes bitter.
3. Is this medicine sweet when tasted ?
4. Sea water is saltish when tasted.
5. Does honey taste sweet ?
Answer:
1. Is this book selling well ?
2. Quinine is bitter when tasted.
3. Does this medicine taste sweet ?
4. Sea water tastes saltish.
5. Is honey sweet when – tasted ?

Question 10.
1. He may join the strike.
2. You can do it.
3. I cannot digest it.
4. Why should I do it ?
5. You should teach him a lesson.
6. You should respect your elders.
7. You ought to help the poor.
8. We should not laugh at others.
9. We must respect our elders.
10. You need not send this letter.
Answer:
1. The strike may be joined by him.
2. It can be done by you.
3. It cannot be digested by me.
4. Why should it be done by me ?
5. He should be taught a lesson by you.
(Or)
A lesson should be taught to him by you.
6. Your elders should be respected by you.
7. The poor ought to be helped by you.
8. Others should not be laughed at by us.
9. Our elders must be respected by us.
10. This letter need not be sent (by you)

Question 11.
1. He did not allow her to sit.
2. Parents should not over-protect their children.
3. You have to do it.
4. Why did you laugh at the poor man?
5. He is playing the game.
6. What did you see there?
7. I love my parents.
8. He has been arrested.
9. She was dismissed from service.
10. How can you solve this sum ?
Answer:
1. She was not allowed to sit by him.
2. The children should not be over protected by their parents.
3. It has to be done by you.
4. Why was the poor me in laughed at by you ?
5. The game is being played by him.
6. What was see n there by you ?
7. My parents are loved by me.
8. The police has arrested him
9. The boss dismissed her from service.
10. How can this sum be solved ( by you)

Active Voice

जिस वाक्य में Subject का सीधा सम्बन्ध Verb के साथ होता है (अर्थात् कर्ता के अनुसार क्रिया का रूप निर्धारित होता है), उसे Active Voice का वाक्य कहा जाता है। Passive Voice-जिस वाक्य में कर्म के अनुसार क्रिया का रूप निर्धारित होता है (और कर्ता का क्रिया पर कोई प्रभाव नहीं होता), उसे Passive Voice का वाक्य कहा जाता है।

Present Indefinite Tense

(is / am / are +V3)

Active Passive
1. She helps the, poor.
2. We expect good news.
3. I know him.
4. Radha does not sing a song.
5. Who teaches you English ?
6. What do you want ?		 1. The poor are helped by her.
2. Good news is expected by us.
3. He is known to me.
4. A song is not sung by Radha.
5. By whom are you taught English ?
6. What is wanted by you ?

Change the Voice in the following sentences :

1. He does not love me.
2. We respect our elders.
3. 1 do not laugh at him.
4. Kanta solves her sums.
5. We expect happy news
6. Parents love their children.
7. Carpenters make furniture.
8. Do the farmers grow wheat ?
9. She does not deliver a speech.
10. Does Sita take care of her son

Past Indefinite Tense

(was / were + V3)

  Active Passive
1. She kept us waiting.
2. I employed many men.
3. The hunter did not kill the birds.
4. Did he give you anything ?
5. Who lent you this book ?
6. Which picture did you see last night ?		 1. We were kept waiting by her.
2. Many men were employed by me.
3. The birds were not killed by the hunter.
4. Were you given anything by him ?
5. By whom were you lent this book ?
6. Which picture was seen by you last night ?

Present Continuous Tense

(is / am / are + being + V3)

Active Passive
1. The gardener is plucking flowers.
2. He is driving a motor car.
3. Boys are flying kites.
4. Is she reading a book?
5. Why are you wasting your time?
6. Who is laughing at the beggar?		 1. Flowers are being plucked by the gardener.
2. A motor car is being driven by him.
3. Kites are being flown by boys.
4. Is a book being read by her?
5. Why is your time being wasted by you?
6. By whom is the beggar being laughed at?

Change the Voice :

1. We are helping them.
2. Am I favouring you ?
3. She is singing a song.
4. He is painting a picture.
5. They are playing hockey.
6. The child is not cutting teeth.
7. The child is enjoying the game.
8. Are they knocking at the door ?
9. Are they not serving their country ?
10. Are the boys laughing at the old man ?

Past Continuous Tense

(was / were + being + V3)

Active Passive
1. The hunter was aiming at the lion.
2. She was milking the cow.
3. The peon was ringing the bell.
4. The farmer was not ploughing the field.
5. Were they learning their lesson ?
6. What was Sohan doing ?		 1. The lion was being aimed at by the hunter.
2. The cow was being milked by her.
3. The bell was being rung by the peon.
4. The field was not being ploughed by the farmer.
5. Was their lesson being learnt by them ?
6. What was being done by Sohan ?

Change the Voice:

1. I was closing the shop.
2. Was I writing a letter ?
3. Were you insulting him ?
4. Were they reading novels ?
5. Sita was ironing the clothes.
6. They were chasing the thief.
7. She was asking for more work.
8. They were not selling their books.
9. The mother was looking after the child nicely.
10. Was the gardener plucking flowers from the garden ?

Present Perfect Tense

(has / have + been + V3)

Active Passive
1. I have done my duty.
2. She has sold her cow.
3. They have not broken the windowpane.
4. Have you ever seen a lion ?
5. Why has Sohan not finished his work?
6. Who has stolen my pencil ?		 1. My duty has been done by me.
2. Her cow has been sold by her.
3. The windowpane has not been broken by them.
4. Has a lion ever been seen by you ?
5. Why has his work not been finished by Sohan ?
6. By whom has my pencil been stolen ?

Change the Voice :
1. He has taken tea.
2. You have not told lies.
3. Have you seen a zoo?
4. I have won the match.
5. I have spoken the truth.
6. Has Rama seen this picture?
7. Sita has washed all her clothes.
8. Has the judge set the prisoner free?
9. Has he paid his insurance premium?
10. They have not learnt anything from the past.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Present Perfect Tense

(has / have + been + V3)

Active Passive
1. The watchman had already opened the gate.
2. We had never visited Amritsar before.
3. Had you never seen this place before?
4. Who had invited you to the feast?
5. Had he finished his work by 4 p.m.?		 1. The gate had already been opened by the watchman.
2. Amritsar had never been visited by us before.
3. Had this place never been seen by you before?
4. By whom had you been invited to the feast?
5. Had his work been finished by him by 4 p.m.?

Change the Voice :
1. I had paid all the dues.
2. Had you hidden the ball ?
3. Who had broken the chair ?
4. I had told him the entire story.
5. She had never told a lie before.
6. They had gathered the flowers.
7. Why had he stolen your books ?
8. Had you never seen the Taj before ?
9. The gardener had watered the plants.
10. Had they looked into the whole matter ?

Future Perfect Tense

(will / shall + have been + V3)

Active Passive
1. I shall have planted a tree.
2. He will have read this book.
3. He will have sold his house.
4. She will have taken the test.
5. Will he have written a letter?		 1. A tree will have been planted by me.
2. This book will have been read by him.
3. His house will have been sold by him.
4. The test will have been taken by her.
5. Will a letter have been written by him?

Change the Voice :
1. He will have abused me.
2. Who will have done this ?
3. We shall have heard a noise.
4. You will have done your duty.
5. I shall have received the letter.
6. Will she have posted her letter ?
7. Rama will have won the match by 6 p.m.
8. I will have finished my work before evening.
9. They will have taken their lunch before you reach there.
10. Will the doctor have examined the patient before you reach there ?

Imperative Sentences

(Object + should be + V3) Or (Let + Object + be + V3)

Active Passive
1. Shut the door.
2. Obey your parents.
3. Carry it home.
4. Never tell a lie.
5. Let him play the match.
6.  Please bring me a glass of water.		 1. The door should be shut.
2. Let your parents be obeyed.
3. Let it be carried home.
4. A lie should never be told.
5. Let the match be played by him.
6.  You are. requested to bring me a glass of water.

Change the Voice :
1. Post this letter.
2. Help me, please.
3. Sit down, please.
4. Learn it by heart.
5. Never waste your time.
6. Show the guests in.
7. Do not make a noise.
8. Kindly grant me leave.
9. Never waste your time.
10. Speak no evil of anybody.

Prepositional Verbs

कुछ Verbs के साथ विशेष Prepositions या Adverb Particles का प्रयोग किया जाता है। Active Passive दोनों तरह के वाक्यों में ये Prepositions या Adverb Particles सम्बन्धित Verbs के सा लगाए जाने चाहिएं। इन्हें Verbs से अलग नहीं किया जा सकता है।

Active Passive
1. The people listened to him with respect.
2. I objected to his proposal.
3. The rich often laugh at the poor.
4. We must take care of our health.
5. They switched off the lights.
6. A car ran over an old man.
7. The police charged her with murder.
8. The Principal turned down my request.
9. The thieves cut down the telephone wires.
10. I cannot think of such a thing.		 1. He was listened to with respect by the people.
2. His proposal was objected to by me.
3. The poor are often laughed at by the rich.
4. Health must be taken care of.
5. The lights were switched off.
6. An old man was run over by a car.
7. She was charged with murder by the police.
8. My request was turned down by the Principal.
9. The telephone wires were cut down by the thieves.
10. Such a thing cannot be thought of by me.

Change the Voice :
1. Are you listening to me?
2. I have sent for the doctor.
3. He has idled away his time.
4. Did he laugh at that insult?
5. They laid out a small garden.
6. Did the people cheer him up?
7. A car knocked down the child.
8. Has she asked for a new servant?
9. Why are you laughing at the poor man?
10. The boys did not throw stones at the beggar.

Passive of Infinitives

Active Passive
1. She begged the Principal to forgive her.
2. I hope to overcome my difficulties.
3. I have to do this work.
4. It expect you to finish the work.
5 It is time to give the order.		 1. She begged the Principal to be forgiven.
2. I hope my difficulties to be overcome.
3. This work has to be done by me.
4. I expect the work to be finished by you.
5. It is time for the order to be given.

Change the Voice :
1. You have to do it.
2. It is time to take tea.
3. He is a man to trust.
4. I want to buy this book.
5. I have to attend a party.
6. It is time to say our prayers.
7. It is time to revise our books.
8. Shall I have to punish him ?
9. Women like men to flatter them.
10. I shall have to strike off his name.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Use of Prepositions other than ‘by’

कुछ वाक्यों के Passive voicé में ‘by’ के स्थान पर किसी अन्य Preposition का प्रयोग होता है।

Active Passive
1. His behaviour disgusts me.
2. The jug contains milk.
3. The news surprised us.
4. Gardening interests my mother.
5. You cannot please her.
6. I know him.
7. His jokes amused us.
8. His conduct amazed us.		 1. I am disgusted with his behaviour.
2. Milk is contained in the jug.
3. We were surprised at the news.
4. My mother is interested in gardening.
5. She cannot be pleased with you.
6. He is known to me.
7. We were amused at his jokes.
8. We were amazed at his conduct.

Change the Voice :
1. I know this man.
2. This pot contains milk.
3. His behaviour surprised me.
4. Does she know the manager ?
5. The audience thronged the hall.
6. The sun ripens the hanging fruit.
7. His death has shocked everybody.
8. Didn’t his performance displease her?
9. Your harsh words will annoy everybody.
10. Your manners have impressed your boss.

Interrogative Sentences (Mixed Type)

नोट: What, why, when, how, which, where, who,आदि से शुरू होने वाले प्रश्नान्मक वाक्य निम्नलिखित हैं

Active Passive
1. What do you want ?
2. Who teaches you English ?
3. Whom do you love ?
4. Where will you spend your holidays ?
5. Whence have you bought this pen?
6. When will you see him ?
7. Why did he abuse you ?		 1. What is wanted by you ?
2. By whom are you taught English ?
3. Who is loved by you ?
4. Where will your holidays be spent by you ?
5. Whence has this pen been bought by you ?
6. When will he be seen by you ?
7. Why were you abused by him ?

Change the Voice :
1. Who told a lie ?
2. Whom do you like ?
3. Whom did you see ?
4. What does he want ?
5. Who stole your pen ?
6. Who had visited Delhi ?
7. Why did you abuse me ?
8. Whom will you elect President ?
9. When did you pluck these flowers ?
10. Why has the teacher marked me absent ?

Use of can, could, may, etc.

(can, could, may, might, should, would, dare, etc. + be +V3)

 Active Passive
1. You should write the address neatly.
2. One cannot please everybody.
3. We should always speak the truth.
4 You must listen to his words.
5. One should do one’s duty.
6. Somebody must help this poor Woman.		 1. The address should be written neatly.
2. Everybody cannot be pleased.
3. The truth should always be spoken by us.
4. His words must be listened to.
5. Duty should be done.
6. This poor woman must be helped.

Change the Voice :
1. I cannot do it.
2. You can do it.
3. Why should I do it?
4. May I take your book?
5. May I see this picture?
6. He may win a scholarship.
7. You ought to help the poor.
8. We should not laugh at others.
9. You should teach him a lesson.
10. You should respect your parents.

Implied Subject

Passive Voice के कुछ वाक्यों में by + agent नहीं दिया गया होता है, किन्तु ऐसे वाक्यों में कर्ता का अनुमान लगाने में कोई कठिनाई नहीं होती है। अत: Passive Voice से Active Voice बनाने में उसी कर्ता का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए।

Passive Active
1. You are wanted outside.
2. The thief has been arrested.
3. The telephone wires were cut.
4. The matter will be discussed tomorrow.
5. He was elected Member of Parliament.		 1. Someone wants you outside.
2. The police have arrested the thief.
3. The thieves cut the telephone wires.
4. The committee will discuss the matter tomorrow
5. People elected him Member of Parliament.

Change the Voice :
1. Duty must be done.
2. The bond was signed.
3. They were forced to listen.
4. Promises will always be kept.
5. A meeting is being held here.
6. The child has been named Mohan.
7. Many persons were thrown out of jobs.
8. What cannot be cured must be endured.
9. They were refused admission to this school.
10. I was made captain of the school cricket team.

Double-Object-Type Sentences

कुछ वाक्यों में दो Objects होते हैं; जैसे
I gave him a book

पहले Object को Indirect Object और दूसरे को Direct Object कहा जाता है।
Passive Voice बनाते समय प्राय: Indirect Object को ही Subject के रूप में प्रयोग किया जाता
He was given a book by me.

किन्तु यदि Direct Object को Subject के रूप में प्रयोग किया जाना हो तो Indirect Object से पूर्व to अथवा for का प्रयोग करना पड़ता है। जैसे
A book was given to him by me.

Active Passive
1. I gave him a book.
(or)2. He teaches us English.
(or)3. You have written him a letter
(or)4. She handed Ram a letter.
(or)5. They gave her a test.
(or)		 1. A book was given to him by me.
He was given a book by me.2. English is taught to us by him.
We are taught English by him.3. A letter has been written to him by you.
He has been written a letter by you.4. A letter was handed to Ram by her.
Ram was handed a letter by her.5.  She was given a test by them.
A test was given to her by them.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Voice

Change the Voice :
1. You gave him a pen.
2. She teaches him English.
3. Who gave you this money ?
4. My uncle sent me a present.
5. Has Ram told you the truth ?
6. They do not give him good food
7. Do you explain the case to him ?
8. The teacher did not give us a test.
9. Have you given him our umbrella ?
10. They will have sent him a lovely watch.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe the salient features of the Indian Constitution.
Or
Discuss the chief features of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
Since long the Indian leaders were making a persistent demand for the establishment of a Constituent Assembly to frame a Constitution for India. It was in 1946 when the Cabinet Mission came to India and conceded this demand of the IndiAnswer: The Indian Constituent Assembly came into existence in accordance with the Cabinet Mission Scheme.

The new Constitution was inauguarated on January 26, 1950. The makers of the Constitution studied the working of governmental systems of various countries, chose their merits and incorporated them in the Indian Constitution. Keeping in view the particular and peculiar circumstances of the country, they were determined to make India a Welfare State.

The following are the salient features of the Constitution:
1. Written and Detailed Constitution:
The Indian Constitution is a written Constitution. It was framed by a Constituent Assembly whose elections were held in 1946. The Indian Constitution is also a detailed Constitution. It is seven times as big as that of the Fourth Republic of France. The makers of the Constitution left very little scope for customs and conventions. The Constitution consists of 395 Articles and 12 Schedules. According to Dr. Jennings, “The Indian Constitution is the longest and the most detailed in the world”

2. Creation of a Sovereign Democratic Republic:
The Preamble to the Indian Constitution declares India to- be a “Sovereign Democratic Republic”. But by the 42nd amendment preamble to the Constitution is amended. For the words ‘Sovereign Democratic Republic’ the words “Sovereign Socialist Secular Democratic Republic” are substituted. And for words ‘Unity of the Nation’, the words “Unity and Intergrity of the Nation’ are substituted.

3. People’s Own Constitution:
The Indian Constitution has been framed by the Constituent Assembly by the people of India. The Constitution has not been imposed upon us. It originates from the people of India and is promulgated in the name of the people. The Preamble emphasises the ultimate sovereignty of the people—“We, the people of India…. do hereby Adopt, Enact and Give to Ourselves this Constitution.” The people are, thus, the source of all authority and all power lies with them.

Since the Constitution is founded on the authority of the people, no State or group of States can destroy it. No State can go out of the Indian Union.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

4. Secular State:
The constitution of India establishes Secular State. By 42nd amendment the word “Secularism” is included in the preamble to the Constitution. By Secular State, we mean that the State has no religion, it does not patronize any religion, it does not make its policies and is not guided in the discharge of its functions by the teachings of any particular regligious faith, whatsoever may be the numerical strength of its followers.

Under the Indian Constitution all religions are treated alike and the State cannot discriminate one against the other on the basis of religion. The citizehs have been guaranteed freedom of religion. In India, religion is the personal affair of the people themselves and the State does not interfere in that. The Constitution clearly lays down that for appointments under the State, merit shall be the sole criterion, not the religious belief of the people.

5. Flexible and Rigid Constitution:
The Indian Constitution is rigid as well as flexible. Some of the Articles of the Constitution can be amended by a simple majority of the Parliament, for example, changing the names of the States, altering the boundaries of the State, matters relating to citizenship etc. Some of the Articles of the Constitution can be amended by at least 2/3rd majority of the members of Parliament with ratification by the legislatures of at least one-half of the States. For example, if any change is intended in the method of the election of the President of India, it can be done only when the amending bill is first passed

  • by majority of the total membership in each House of the Parliment;
  • a majority of not less than 2/3rd of the members of present and voting in each House of Parliment; and
  • ratification by the legislature of one-half of the States. There is yet third method of the amendement of the Constitution and i.e. some of the Articles of the Constitution can be amended by 2/3rd majority of he members of Parliament.

In this way the Indian Constitution is both rigid as well as flexible.

6. Federation with a Unitary Bias:
Though the word ‘Federation’ has not been used in any of the Article’s of the Constitution yet the Constitution establishes in form federation in India. According to Art. 1 of the Constitution: “India shall be a Union of States.” The Indian Constitution possesses all the necessary characteristics of a federation, viz.

  • The Indian Constitution is a written and rigid one;
  • power between the Centre and the States have been divided by the Constitution and
  • there exists an independent Supreme Court to determine the constitutionality of laws passed by the legislature and orders issued by the executive. The Supreme Court is the guardian of the Constitution.

In spirit, however, the Indian Constitution is unitary. About the Indian Constitution it is often said that “It is federal in form but unitary in spirit.”

7. Parliamentary form of Government:
The Indian Constitution establishes a parliamentary form of Government in India. The new Constitution clearly lays down that there shall be a Council of Ministers to aid and advise the President in the discharge of duties. Under 42nd amendment the President was bound to accept the advice of the Council of Ministers. But according to 44th Amendment the President has the discretion to remit the advice back to the Council of Ministers for reconsideration but he shall act in accordance with a reconsidered advice.

The Council of Ministers has been made responsible to the legislature. The Lok Sabha can dislodge the Govt, from office by passing a resolution of no-confidence. Thus, the President is the nominal head while Prime Minister is the real head. Similarly, in Provinces the Governor is the nominal head and the real functionary is the Cabinet.

8. Fundamental Rights:
Part III of the Indian Constitution deals with the fundamental rights of the people. One of the characteristics of these rights is that while some rights are only for the citizens, others are available to all citizens as well as aliens. Rights are essential for the all-round development of man; hence their inclusion in the Constitution. Indian citizens enjoy six categories of fundamental rights

  1. Right to Equality.
  2. Right to Freedom.
  3. Right to Religion.
  4. Cultural and Educational Rights.
  5. Rights against Exploitation.
  6. Right to Constitutional Remedies.

Under the Bill of Rights all the citizens have been given equal rights. There can be no discrimination between one citizen and the other on the basis of religion, language, caste, creed, sex, place of birth. Freedom of speech, expression, assembly, association, etc. have also been guaranteed.

9. Directive Principles of State Policy:
Chapter IV of the Indian Constitution embodies Directive Principles of State Policy. They have been declared “fundamental in the governance of the country.” It is the moral duty of the State to apply these principles while making laws. These principles embody those ideals on the basis of which social and economic democracy can be established in India. The makers of the Constitution were convinced that without economic democracy, political democracy has no significance. In other words, they aimed at the establishment of a Welfare State in India.

10. Fundamental Duties:
By 42nd amendment after Part IV of the Constitution, Part IV A is inserted in the Constitution. For the first time a set of 10 Fundamental Duties of Citizens have been enumerated. One more fundamental Duty was incorporated in Part 4-A of Article 51-A by the 86th Amendment made in Dec, 2002. The chapter of 11 Fundamental Duties is by far the most fundamental and very important for every generation, present as well as future.

11. Independent Judiciary:
Independent Judiciary is a bulkwork of democracy. The Indian Constitution makes provision for the establishment of an independent judiciary. An independent judiciary is essential not only for the protection of the fundamental rights of the people, it is equally essential in a Federal Government. The President of India is bound to consult the Chief Justice of India in the appointment of every judge of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

The Constitution also lays down the qualifications of the judges. The judges are given high salaries which cannot he decreased (except during the financial emergency) during the period they hold office. The judges of the Supreme Court retire at the age of 65 while that of High Courts at the age of 62. The President cannot remove the judges arbitrarily. The Constitution provides a strict procedure for their removal. The Indian Judiciary has demonstrated its independence and impartiality in a number of cases. The most notable cases have been the Golak Nath case, the Bank Nationalization case and the Privy Purses case.

12. Bicameral Legislature:
Another features of the Indian Constitution is that the Indian Parliament consists of two Houses-the Lok Sabha and the Rajya Sabha. The Lok Sabba, a Lower House, represents the whole nation while Rajya Sabha, an Upper House, represents the states. The Lok Sabha is more powerful than the Rajya Sabha.

13. Single Citizenship:
Normally, in a federation there is the provision for double citizenship-citizen of one’s own State and citizen of the country. Despite the establishment of federation, there is single citizenship in India. All are the citizens of India. The Indian Constitution does not recognise State citizenship.

14. Judicial Review:
Unlike the American Constitution, the Indian Constitution has specially provided for the judicial review. Under the Indian Constitution, Parliament is not a sovereign body as the Supreme Court can strike down the acts passed by the Parliament. Similarly, the orders of the executive are subject to judicial review. This power of the Supreme Court extends to the orders issued and laws passed by the State legislatures also.

15. Rule of Law:
Another distinctive feature of the Indian Constitution is Rule of Law. It means in India, law is supreme and it is the law which rules over the people. So long as a citizen obeys the laws, he need hot be afraid of any individual. All persons are equal in the eyes of law irrespective of their rank or position. No man, whatever his political or social status be, is above the law and everyone is subject to the same punishment for the breach of law which can be given to an ordinary citizen for the breach of the same law. An Individual can be punished only for a breach of law and for nothing else.

16. Adult Franchise:
Before the inauguration of the new Constitution, the Franchise under the Act of 1935, was very much limited. The new Constitution provides for universal adult suffrage. Every Indian citizen of 18 years or above has the right to vote.

17. A happy blend of many Constitutions:
It is sometimes alleged that the new Constitution of India has no originality. Our Constitution is a ‘unique document drawn from many sources’. For example, the influence of the American Constitutional system is evident in the chapter on Fundamental Rights and the role given by Constitution to the judiciary.

The idea of concurrent list has be&i taken from the Australian Constitution, that of Directive Principles of State Policy and the nomination of 12 members of the Rajya Sabha by the President of India, from the Irish Constitution of 1937; provision to strong centre from the Canadian Constitution and the Parliamentary system of Government from the British Constitution.

18. Joint Electorate System:
The Constitution abolishes the communal electorate system which was introduced in the Indian politics by the Government of India Acts of 1909, 1919 and 1935. Now joint electorate system is the feature of the Constitution.

19. Untouchability Abolished:
Another important feature of the Constitution is the abolition of Untouchability which the Congress had for years been trying to achieve through public enlightenment.

20. Protection of Minorities, Scheduled and Backward Classes and Tribes:
The Indian Constitution contains special provisions for the protection of minorities, Scheduled and Backward Classes and Tribes. Though all the citizens have been made equal before law, yet these classes and tribes have been given special rights and privileges. Seats have been reserved for them in the Parliament and the State Legislatures. In matters of appointments also certain quota of seats is reserved for them. According to Art. 336 the Anglo-Indian Community has also been given special privileges. According to the 95th amendment of the Constitution these special privileges shall be enjoyed by them till 2020.

21. Administrative Tribunals:
By 42nd amendment a new part XIV-A is inserted in the Constitution. The title of the this new part is Tribunal. In this new part two Articles 323 A and 332 B are inserted in the Constitution. Parliament by law may provide for the establishment of an administrative tribunal for the Union and a separate administrative tribunal for each State or for two or more States. Parliament will decide the procedure, jurisdiction, power and authority of these tribunals.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Question 2.
Discuss in brief the procedure for the amendment of the Indian Constitution.
Or
Write a short note on procedure to amend the Constitution.
Or
How is the Constitution amended? Describe the amendment procedure.
Answer:
The method of amending the Constitution in Indian is neither very difficult nor so easy. The framers of the Indian Constitution adopted the middle path and made the Indian Constitution neither too rigid nor too flexible. The procedure of amendment is mentioned in Article 368. There are three types of procedure of amending the Indian Constitution:

1. Amendment by the Parliament by a Simple Majority:
There are certain articles of the constitution which can be amended by a simple majority. The articles which can be amended in this way are concerned with matters like the admission of new States into India, creation of new States, to change the territory boundary or make of any State, consequential changes in the first and fourth schedules required because of the above given amendments, etc.

Similarly, the Parliament may, by simple majority, create or abolish a legislative council on the recommendations of the Legislative Assembly of the State. The Parliament has the authority to increase the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court. It may create high courts for the Union Territories. It may entrust additional functions to the Public Service Commission. The Parliament is also empowered to lay down some more qualifications for the members of the Parliament and the State Legislatures.

The pay and allowances of the members of Parliament and the central ministers are fixed by the Parliament. But the laws made concerning subjects are not considered amendments of the constitution according to article 368 of the Constitution. In fact, the right of making changes in the Constitution is given to every Parliament and those changes are not considered amendments of the Constitution.
2. Amendment by the Parliament by a Two-third Majority.

The process of amending the Constitution is given in the article 368. The article or subjects which are not given in this article, can be amended by the Parliament alone with special majority. The bill for such an amendment may be introduced in any one of the two Houses. If both the Houses pass it with absolute majority and 2/3rd majority of the members present and voting, it will be sent to the President. The Constitution will stand amended on that point, when that bill is signed by the President.

3. Amendment by the Special Majority of Parliament and Ratification by State Legislature:
If an amendment is concerned with the article and the subjects given in the article 368, it must be approved by 50% of the States after being passed by both the Houses with absolute majority and 2/3rd majority of the members present and voting. The amendment will come into force after being signed by the President. The subjects given in article 368 are as follows:

  1. Election of the President,
  2. The manner and election of the President,
  3. Extent of executive power of the Union,
  4. Extent of executive power of the States,
  5. High Courts for Union Territories,
  6. Union Judiciary,
  7. The High Courts in the States,
  8. Legislative relations between the Centre and States,
  9. List of the VII Schedule,
  10. The representation of States in Parliament, and
  11. Article 368 itself.

It is quite clear that most important provisions of the Constitution cannot be amended by the Parliament itself rather the consent of half the States is required.

Blend of Flexibility and Rigidity:
The Indian Constitution is a blend of flexibility and rigidity. It is neither flexible like the British Constitution nor rigid like the American. British Constitution is very flexible whereas American Constitution is very rigid. But our Constitution is changeable according to needs of the time.

Criticism:
The method of amending the Constitution suffers from certain defects j also. Method of amendment is criticised on the following grounds:

1. States have no Initiative for Constitutional Amendment:
The power of initiating an amendment lies only with the Parliament. The States have not been given any such power of initiating amendment. Besides, the approval of the States is not essential for all the amendments.

2. No Time Limit Fixed for Ratification by States:
The procedure suffers from another defect that no time limit is fixed in the Constitution for the approval of the States. They may take as much time as they like. There is no constitutional limitation on their power of delay.

3. Disagreement of two Houses of Parliament over a Constitutional Amendment:
There is no method of resolving the differences between the two Houses regarding a bill concerning the constitutional amendment. But this criticism is baseless because a bill concerning an amendment of the Constitution will be considered an Ordinary Bill, the procedure of which is clearly given in the Constitution. A joint sitting of both the Houses will be called to resolve the differences regarding the bill.

4. Assent of the President over Constitutional Amendments:
Nothing about the veto power of the President is given in the procedure of amendment. It is also not mentioned in the Constitution that an amendment which is approved by the States requires the assent of the President or not.

5. Some Notable Provisions:
There are certain provisions in the Constitution which can be changed even without introducing the amendment bill in the Constitution. Article 253 is of this nature. The Parliament can make law in order to enforce any treaty or agreements made with a foreign country.

6. Constitutional Protection:
According to Dr. Jennings, “It is quite obvious that there are clauses which don’t need to be constitutionally protected. An example taken at random is Article 22, which empowers a retired Judge to sit in a High Court. If the provision of such constitutional importance that it needs to be constitutionally protected and be incapable of amendment except with the approval of two-thirds of the members of each House, sitting and voting in the Union Parliament.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Mention the written nature of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
The Indian Constitution is a written constitution. It was framed by the Constituent Assembly whose election were held in 1946. The Constitution was enforced on January 26, 1950. The constitution consists of 395 Articles and 12 schedules. Indian Constitution is the longest written constitution of the world. The makers of the Constitution left very little scope for customs and conventions.

Question 2.
Mention four features of our Constitution.
Answer:

  • Indian Constitution is written and lengthiest constitution of the world.
  • It establishes parliamentary government. The President is the nominal head of the state.
  • It provides Fundamental rights and Fundamental duties.
  • It contains Directive Principles of State Policy.

Question 3.
Mention four sources of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:

  • Amendment is the main source of Indian Constitution.
  • Acts of Parliament is another source of Indian Constitution.
  • The Act of 1935 is an important source of Indian Constitution. The Constitution derives a lot from the
  • Government of India Act 1935.
  • The Judicial decisions is another source of Indian Constitution.

Question 4.
Why is Indian Constitution bulky?
Answer:
Indian Constitution is the lengthiest constitution in the world. Indian Constitution is very lengthy due to the following reasons:

  • There is only one constitution for the central government as well as for the States.
  • The distribution of powers between the Center and the States are discussed in detail.
  • Fundamental Rights mentioned in Part III of the Constitution are in detailed.
  • Directive Principles of State Policy has also increased the volume of the Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Question 5.
“The Indian Constitution is both rigid and flexible.” Explain.
Answer:
The Indian Constitution is a blend of flexibility and rigidity. It is neither flexible like the British Constitution nor rigid like the American. Some of the Articles of the Constitution can be amended by a simple majority of the Parliament, for example, changing the names of the States, altering the boundaries of the State, matters relating to citizenship etc. Some of the Articles of the Constitution can be amended by at least 2/3rd majority of the members of Parliament with ratification by the legislatures of atleast one half of the States.

Question 6.
What we have taken from British Constitution?
Answer:
The framers of the Indian Constitution have drawn freely from the British Constitution. The following are the gifts of the British Constitution to our new Constitution-

  • The Indian President is a Constitutional head like the British King/Queen.
  • Like the British House of Commons, the Indian Lok Sabha is more powerful than the Second Chamber i.e., Rajya Sabha.
  • Like the British, Cabinet is responsible to the Parliament.
  • Like England, India has adopted Parliamentary form of Government.
  • Rule of law is also taken from England.

Question 7.
What features have we borrowed from U.SA.?
Answer:

  • The preamble of the Indian Constitution is akin to the Preamble of the American Constitution.
  • The Vice-president of India is like the Vice-president of the U.S.A.
  • Fundamental Rights of Indian Constitution resemble to the Bill of Rights of the U.S-A.
  • Like American Judiciary, Indian Judiciary is independent.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Question 8.
Why the Indian Constitution was enforced on 26th January, 1950?
Answer:
On December 31, 1929 the Congress passed a resolution of complete independence at Lahore session and decided to celebrate 26th January as the independence day. After that every year 26th January was celebrated as independence day. That is why our new Constitution which was adopted by the Constituent Assembly on November 26, 1949 came into effect on 26th January, 1950.

Question 9.
Write down any four characteristics of the method of Amendment of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:

  • Each part of the Indian Constitution can be amended. But in Keshavanand Bharti Case, Supreme Court held that the parliament had the power to amend all provision of Constitution but had no power to change the basic structure of the constitution.
  • Indian Constitution is a Combination of rigidity and flexibility.
  • Constitutional Amendment Bill can be introduced in either House of the Parliament.
  • State legislatures cannot initiate constitutional amendments. Amendment Bill can be introduced in the parliament only.

Question 10.
How is the constitution of India is amended?
Or
Describe the methods through which Indian constitution can be amended.
Answer:
The process of amending the constitution of India is given in the Art. 368. The method of amending the constitution of India is neither very difficult nor so easy. The framers of the Indian constitution adopted the middle path and made the Indian constitution neither too rigid nor too flexible. There are three types of procedure of amending the Indian constitution:

  • Amendment by the Parliament, by a simple Majority.
  • Amendment by the Parliament by a Two-third Majority.
  • Amendment by the special Majority of Parliament and Ratification by more than 50% states of India.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Mention the written nature of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
The Indian Constitution is a written constitution. It was framed by the Constituent Assembly whose election were held in 1946. The Constitution was enforced on January 26, 1950. The constitution consists of 395 Articles and 12 schedules.

Question 2.
Explain any two features of our Constitution.
Answer:

  • Indian Constitution is written and lengthiest constitution of the world.
  • It establishes parliamentary government. The President is the nominal head of the state.

Question 3.
Mention two sources of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:

  • Amendment is the main source of Indian Constitution.
  • Acts of Parliament is another source of Indian Constitution.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Question 4.
Why is Indian Constitution bulky?
Answer:

  • There is only one constitution for the central government as well as for the States.
  • The distribution of powers between the Centre and the States are discussed in detail.

Question 5.
What is Secular State?
Answer:
A Secular State is that which is not based on any religion. A secular state guarantees individual and corporate freedom of religion, deals with the individual as a citizen irrespective of his religion, is not constitutionally connected to a particular religion nor does it seek either to promote or interfere with religion,

Question 6.
What we have taken from British Constitution?
Answer:
The following are the gifts of the British Constitution to our new Constitution-

  • The Indian President is a Constitutional head like the British King/Queen.
  • Like the British House of Commons, the Indian Lok Sabha is more powerful than the Second Chamber i.e., Rajya Sabha.

Question 7.
What features liave we borrowed from U.S.A.?
Answer:

  • The preamble of the Indian Constitution is akin to the Preamble of the American Constitution.
  • The Vice-president of India is like the Vice-president of the U.S.A.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Question 8.
Describe the methods through which Indian constitution can be amended.
Answer:
There are three types of procedure of amending the Indian constitution:

  • Amendment by the Parliament, by a simple Majority.
  • Amendment by the Parliament by a Two-third Majority.
  • Amendment by the special Majority of Parliament and Ratification by more than 50% states of India.

Question 9.
Mention any two criticisms, against the procedure Of amendment in the constitution.
Answer:

  1. State have no Initiative for Constitutional Amendment. The power of initiating an amendment lies only with the Parliament. The States have not been given any such power of initiating amendment.
  2. No Time Limit Fixed for Ratification by States. The procedure suffers from another defect that no time limit is fixed in the Constitution for the approval of the states.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Mention any one feature of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
The constitution of India is written and comprehensive.

Question 2.
Write down any one source of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
British Constitution.

Question 3.
What is the significance of 26th January?
Answer:
The Indian Constitution was enforced on 26th January, 1950.

Question 4.
How many languages have been recognized In the Indian Constitution? Which of these is the official language of India?
Answer:
Indian constitution has recognized 22 languages. Hindi has been declared as the official language.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Question 5.
What did the architects of the Indian Constitution draw from the British Constitution?
Answer:
India has adopted parliamentary system from the British constitution. laite England, in India too, the rule of law, unified judicial system, civil service and single citizenship have been provided.

Question 6.
How many Articles and Schedules are in the Indian Constitution and in how many chapters have they been divided?
Answer:
There are 395 Articles and 12 Schedules in the Indian institution. They have been divided into 22 Chapters.

Question 7.
When was the Indian Constitution enforced?
Answer:
The Indian Constitution was enforced on 26 January, 1950.

Question 8.
Give any one argument to prove that India Is a seculler country.
Answer:
The word ‘Secular’ has been incorporated in the Preamble to the Indian Constitution through 42nd amendment: Thus India has clearly been declared a secular state.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Question 9.
Mention any one reason for the Indian Constitution being elephantine in size.
Answer:
There is only one constitution for the Union and the States in India.

Fill in The Blanks

1. The Constitution of India came into force on . January, 1950.
Answer:
26th

2. The Indian is drawn from various sources.
Answer:
Constitution

3. Indian Constitution is federal in form but in spirit.
Answer:
Unitary

4. In India, there is a citizenship.
Answer:
Single

5. The Indian Constitution has adopted the principle of universal suffrage.
Answer:
Adult.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

True or False statement

1. The Indian Constituent Assembly came into existence in accordance with the Cabinet Mission scheme.
Answer:
True

2. Indian Constitution is a written Constitution.
Answer:
True

3. According to Indian Constitution, India is not a secular state.
Answer:
False.

4. No state can go out of the Indian Union.
Answer:
True

5. According to Art 1 of the Constitution, “India shall be a union of sovereign state.”
Answer:
False.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Choose the Correct Answer

Question 1.
The Indian Constitution is:
(A) Very Rigid
(B) Flexible
(C) Flexible as well as Rigid
(D) None of these.
Answer:
(C) Flexible as well as Rigid

Question 2.
Which of the following is not a feature of Indian Constitution
(A) Indian Constitution is Written
(B) Indian Constitution is the bulkiest Constitution
(C) India is a Secular State
(D) Indian Constitution is unwritten.
Answer:
(D) Indian Constitution is unwritten.

Question 3.
Voting age in India is:
(A) 18 years
(B) 25 years
(C) 21 years
(D) 30 years.
Answer:
(A) 18 years

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 18 Salient Features of the Indian Constitution

Question 4.
Indian Constitution is a bag of borrowings.’ Who said it?
(A) K.T. Shah
(B) H.V. Kamath
(C) M.V. Pylee
(D) Ivor Jennings.
Answer:
(A) K.T. Shah

Question 5.
India is a:
(A) Secular State
(B) Hindu State
(C) Muslim State
(D) Sikh State.
Answer:
(A) Secular State

Question 6.
Indian Judiciary is:
(A) Independent
(B) Subordinate to the Executive
(C) Subordinate to the Parliament
(D) Corrupt.
Answer:
(A) Independent

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write a critical note on the Preamble to the Indian Constitution.
Or
What are the guiding principles mentioned in the Preamble to the Indian Constitution? Discuss briefly.
Or
India is a Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic Republic. Explain.
Answer:
It has been considered essential, and advisable also, that every written Constitution should have a preamble. The preamble to a Constitution mirrors the spirit of Constitution. The Indian Constitution also begins with a preamble. Strictly speaking, the preamble does not constitute a part of the Constitution. That does not, however, mitigate its importance. The Preamble serves the purpose of a window through which we peep into the intentions of the makers of the Constitution.

In short, the preamble is a summary of the objectives and the basic philosophy of a Constitution. It helps in the interpretation of the Constitution. Commenting upon its significance former Chief Justice Subba Rao of the Supreme Court said, ‘The objective sought to be achieved by the constitution is declared in sonorous terms in the preamble. It contains, in a nutshell, its ideals and its aspirations. The preamble is not a platitude but the mode of its realisation as worked out in detail in the Constitution.” Thus, the preamble to the Indian Constitution helps us in understanding the basic philosophy of the Indian Constitution.

The preamble serves another purpose. It enables the people to assess and evaluate the preformance of the Government in the light of the objectives laid down in the Preamble. Any Government, which slacks down or becomes indifferent towards the fulfilment of the aspirations incorporated in the preamble runs the risk of being ousted from office. It keeps the Government thus on its toes.

Preamble to the Indian Constitution:
The Constitution of India begins with the preamble. It runs as under:
“We, the people of India, having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic, Republic and to secure to all its citizens:

  • JUSTICE, social, economic and political
  • LIBERTY of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship
  • EQUALITY of status and of opportunity ; and to promote among them all
  • FRATERNITY assuming the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation

In our Constituent Assembly, this twenty-sixth day of November, 1949, do hereby adopt, enact and give to ourselves this Constitution”: Amendment to the Preamble. The forty-second Amendment put into force with effect from 18th December, 1976, amended the Preamble to include the words “Socialist and Secular.” So, in its amended form the preamble declares India to be a Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic and Republic. The addition of these two new adjectives has transformed the very character and spirit of the Constitution.
For the words “Unity of the Nation” the words “Unity and Integrity of the Nation” are substituted.

Significance:
In the words of M.V. Pylee, “The preamble to the constitution is one of the best of its kind ever drafted. Both in ideas and ideals and in expression it is unrivalled. It embodies the spirit of the constitution, the determination of Indian people to unite themselves in a common adventure of building up a new and independent nation which will ensure the triumph of Justice, equality and fraternity.” The Preamble to the Constitution throws light on three very important matters:
1. The source of authority,
2. the nature of the Indian polity and
3. the objectives of the Constitution.

1. Source of Constitutional Authority:
The Preamble expresses in a very clear language that people are the ultimate source of all authority. It is the people who have adopted and enacted the Constitution; it is the people who have given this Constitution to themselves.” Though the Indian Constitution does not contain any independent Article (The Constitution of Ireland by Art. 6 and the Tenth Amendment of the American Constitution) declaring that all authority flows from the people, yet the Preamble emphasises the ultimate sovereignty of the people.

In other words, the Constitution of India which came into effect on Jan. 26, 1950, has not been imposed upon us. The people of India in their sovereign capacity have adopted the Constitution for themselves. They have framed a Constitution which fulfils the aims and aspirations of the people. “The Constitution is for the people, the people are not for the Constitution.” Some critics, however, challenge the view that the Constitution has been framed by the people themselves.

They argue that the Constituent Assembly which framed this Constitution was not a truly representative body as it was not elected on the basis of universal adult franchise. Nor was it elected directly by the people. Moreover, the draft of Constitution was not referred to the people for their acceptance or rejection. However, we do not agree with the critics. After all the first and subsequent general elections have been held on the basis of direct and universal adult franchise. Had the representatives of the people no faith in the Constitution they would have surely changed it. Thus, the unmistakable implication is that the people are the ultimate source of all authority. The Constitution originates from the people of India and is promulgated in the name of the people of India.

2. Nature of Indian Polity:
In the second place, the Preamble proclaims that the people of India have resolved to constitute India into a‘Sovereign Socialist Secular Democratic Republic. These are few features of the Indian Political System.
(i) India is a Sovereign State.
(ii) India is a Socialist State.
(iii) India is a Secular State.
(iv) India is a Democratic State.
(v) India is a Republican State.

(i) India is a Sovereign State:
It means that now, after the promulgation of the Constitution, India is not subject to any foreign rule. India is now a . sovereign State, internally as well as externally. No other country can compel India to follow or not to follow a particular policy. We can now make any law, remaining of course within the limits imposed by our own Constitution.

We can also amend our Constitution in accordance with the procedure laid down in the Constitution. Some people are of the view that sovereignty is not absolute because of India’s membership of the Commonwealth of Nations. This, however, is not correct. India is a member of the Commonwealth of Nations according to her own free will. There is no constitutional binding. Commonwealth of Nations is not a super state.

Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru said on 10th May, 1949, “It must be remarked that the Commonwealth is not a super-state in any sense of the term. We have agreed to consider the king as the symbolic head of this free association. But the king has no function attached to that status in the Commonwealth. So far as the Constitution of India is concerned, the king has no place and we shall owe no allegiance to him.”

(ii) India is a Socialist State:
By 42nd amendment act word ‘Socialist’ is inserted in the Preamble to the Constitution. Mr. Swaran Singh, the Chairman of the Congress Committee for constitutional changes, said that the proposed decision to inscribe ‘Socialism’ in the Preamble to the Constitution shows the nation’s resolve to work for a new “socio-economic revolution”.

The former Defence Minister said, “Socialism was the target the country had set for itself. Not only the majority party, but several other political organisations also were committed to this concept.” Smt. Indira Gandhi’s Government adopted 20-point programme to implement Socialism. Janata Government was committed to Gandhian Socialism and various steps were taken to implement Gandhian Socialism. Present government is committed to Socialism and is trying to implement 20- point programme.

(iii) India is a Secular State:
By inserting the word “Secular” in the Preamble to the Constitution by 42nd amendment, India is declared a secular state in clear words. Such a system is adopted in the Constitution that India is made secular state without any doubt. In the words of Smith, “The Secular State is important to the future of Indian Democracy itself. It stands or falls as basic and inseparable comment of modem liberal democracy.” By “Secularism” Mr. Swaran Singh explained, “We do not mean that we are against any religion. On the contrary, it symbolises our respect for all the religions and desire to treat them at par.”

(iv) India is a Democratic State:
The Indian polity is based on democratic principles. The people elect their representatives who use the sovereign authority on behalf of the people. The government is of the people and for the people. The represenatives are elected periodically by the people.

(v) India is a Republican State:
The word ‘Republic’ means that-the head of the State shall be an elected one for a fixed tenure. In the Indian Constitution there is no room for a hereditary monarch like the one in England. At the time of the assumption of office the President has to take an oath “To devote himself to the service and well-being of the people of India.” In the event of the violation of the Constitution the President can be impeached and removed from the office. Hence the Indian President is accountable to the people. However, the devices of direct democracy—Initiative, Referendum or Recall— are not available in the Indian Constitution.

3. Objectives of the Constitution:
In the third place, the Preamble defines the objectives to be achieved. They are:
(i) Justice:
The object of the Constitution is that all the citizens of India should get justice in every sphere of life. In the preamble the Idea of achieving Social, Economic and Political Justice for all citizens has been mentioned. To achieve Social, Economic and Political Justice provisions have been mentioned in the Constitution.

Social Justice:
The very incorporation of the term Social Justice in the Constitution made it clear that it is the duty of the state to work positively against discrimination existing in Indian society on the basis of baste, community, race or religion. The state is expected to work for creating an environment in which a more reasonable attitude towards social relations is cultivated. To achieve social justice, right to equality is mentioned in Part III of the Constitution.

The Right to Equality forbids any discrimination on the basis of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them. But the state has a right to make special provision for the upliftment of the backward classes, women and children. Article 17 abolishes untouchability and its practice in any form is forbidden. All the citizens of India, irrespective of their caste and creed, have an equal access to public place.
Article 23 bans exploitation like ‘Begaar’ and similar other forms of forced labour. Article 24 prohibits the employment of children below the age of 14 in any factory, mine etc.

Economic Justice:
Economic Justice is ensured to people by the Directive Principles of State Policy. They ensure that no discimination would be made between persons on the basis of their economic standing. Article 39 calls upon the state to direct its policy to ensure that the citizens, men and women equally, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood and that there is equal pay for equal work for both men and women.The material resources of the country should be so distributed as to subserve the common good.

Political Justice:
Political Justice means that all the citizens should enjoy equal political rights. In other words, citizens should have the right to participate in the government. There is adult franchise and right to contest election. All citizens are treated equal before the law and all are given equal rights.

(ii) Liberty:
The Constitution aims not merely at securing justice to the people of the country but also liberty, without which human personality cannot be expected to develop fully. The citizens of India have been guaranteed a number of freedoms by the Constitution. Part III of the Constitution deals with the Fundamental Rights of the citizens. Some of the very important freedoms have been mentioned in the Preamble also. They are liberty of thought, freedom to express one’s views, belief and worship. The Preamble hates the idea of standardisation of ideas, desire of uniformity. Similarly, none can be compelled to follow a particular religion. “State dictated morality is no morality.”

(iii) Equality:
It has been rightly said that “Men are bom and reamin free and equal in rights.” The Preamble ensures equality of all in the eyes of law. Liberty and equality go hand in hand. Equality does not mean that all persons are equal in every respect. The positive concept of equality is that all persons should be given equal opportunities to rise and develop. Equality means that “among equals the law should be equal and should-be equally administered, that like should be treated alike.”

No person is to be deprived of his life and liberty unless he has violated a law in existence. And he is to be deprived of his life and liberty in accordance with law. In short, law is not the respector of personalities. Whatever may be the social status of person, he is subject to law. There can be no discrimination between one citizen and another on the basis of religion, language, caste, class, sex etc.

(iv) Fraternity:
The Preamble to the Constitution lays special stress upon the promotion of fellow-feeling among the people of India. Unless the people become a community of interests, their cohesion into one nation is not possible. The separatist tendencies, so systematically nursed by the alien rule, had resulted into an orgy of loot and murder. The makers of the Constitution had not forgotten the shocks due to the partition of the country. Unity of the country and consolidation of the nation were of paramount necessity. Hence every effort was made to achieve the desired end. One such step was the provision of single citizenship in the country.

(v) Integrity:
The inclusion of the term integrity expressed “our determination to put an end to separatist tendencies.” Effort was made to make people feel at home in every part of India from whichever state or region they might come. “Thus the Preamble reflects the aims and objectives of the new nation-a living, vital and progressive nation,” The makers of the Constitution aimed at the establishment of a society free from hunger, misery, starvation and exploitation a society where each stands for all and all for each.

The Preamble, though not a legal part of the Constitution, yet it is an integral part of the Constitution. It helps in explaining the various articles of the Constitution. “It is a key to open the mind of the makers.” Hence its importance.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write a short note on the Necessity of Preamble in a Constitution.
Or
What do you mean by the term Preamble?
Answer:
It is considered essential that every written constitution should possess a preamble. The preamble contains the basic ideas and philosophical postulates of a purpose of a window through which we peep into the indentions of the maters of the constitution. It enables the people to assess and evaluate the performance of the government in the light of the objectives laid down in the preamble.

Question 2.
What is the nature of state according to the Preamble?
Answer:
The nature of the state according to the preamble is as under:

  • India is a Sovereign state
  • India is a Democratic state
  • India is a Secular state
  • India is a Socialist state and
  • India is a Republic.

Question 3.
Discuss the objectives of our Constitution as embodied in the Preamble.
Answer:
Following are the objectives of our constitution as given in the Preamble.

  • Justice-social, political and economic.
  • Liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship,
  • Equality of status and opportunity, and
  • Fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the Unity of the Nation.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Question 4.
Explain the term Republic.
Answer:
The word ‘Repubbc’ means that the head of the state shall be an elected one for a fixed tenure. India is Republic. The President of India is indirectly elected by the representatives of the people for a period of five years. He can even be impeached and removed from office before the expiry of five years. Any citizen of India fulfilling required qualifications can contest the election of the President of India. He may be the follower of any religion. In India politics has been separated from religion. Thus the Indian repubbc is a democratic repubbc.

Question 5.
Explain the term Fraternity.
Answer:
The dictionary meaning of the term Fraternity is “brotherhood’. Without fraternity, liberty and equality are meaningless. It was the main slogan of the French revolution. The Preamble of the Indian Constitution lays special stress upon the promotion of fellow feeling among the people of India.

Unless the people become a community of interests, their cohesion into the nation is not possible. The separatist tendencies ; so systematically nursed by the alien rule, had resulted into an orgy of loot and murder. The makers of the constitution had not forgotten the shocks due to the partition of the country. Unity of the country and consolidation of the nation were of paramount necessity. Hence every effort was made to achieve the desired end.

Question 6.
What do you mean by Social and Economic Justice?
Answer:
In the preamble the idea of achieveing Social and Economic Justice for all citizens has been mentioned. Social Justice means that all the people living in society are equal. The people should not be treated discriminately on the basis of caste, religion, colour and sex. All the people should have equal opportunities to develop their personalities. All should have equal facilities to use public places, religious places and the places of entertainment. The State should adopt the policy of untouchability and interests of the minorities should be safeguarded.

Economic Justice means that no discrimination should be made between persons on the basis of their economic status. Equal opportunities should be provided to all citizens to acquire wealth and use it for their living.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Question 7.
Write short note on Objective Resolution of 1947.
Answer:
The first session of the Constituent Assembly was held on Dec. 9, 1946. On Dec. 13, 1946, Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru moved his Objective Resolution. Some of the important provisions of the Objective Resolution were as follow:
1. This Constituent Assembly declares its firm and solemn resolve to proclaim India as an Independent Sovereign Republic and to draw up for the future governance a Costitution;

2. Wherein all power and authority of the sovereign Independent India, its Constituent parts and organs of government, are derived from the people

3. Wherein shall be guaranteed and secured to all the people of India, Justice-social, economic and political, equality of status, of opportunity, and before the law; freedom of thought, expression, belief, faith, worship, vocation, association and action, subject to law and public morality; and

4. Wherein adequate safeguards shall be provided for minorities, backward and tribal areas and depressed and other classes. The Objective Resolution gave expression to the ideals and aspirations of the people of India.

Question 8.
Write down the meaning of Secular mentioned in the Preamble of Indian Constitution.
Answer:
By inserting the word “Secular” in the Preamble of the Constitution by 42nd amendment, India is declared a secular state in clear words. Such a system is adopted in the Constitution that India is made secular state without any doubt. Right to freedom of religion has been granted to all persons residing in India under Art. 25-28 of Indian Constitution.

According to this right, all persons are equally entitled to freedom of conscience and the right to profess, practise and propagate religion. State has no religion of its own. The state shows full neutrality in the religious matters. All this shows that India is a Secular State.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What do you mean by the term Preamble?
Answer:
It is considered essential that every written constitution should possess a preamble. The preamble contains the basic ideas and philosophical postulates of a constitution. The preamble to a constitution mirrors the spirit of constitution. The Indian constitution also begins with a preamble. Preamble is essential because it serves the purpose of a window through which we peep into the intentions of the makers of the constitution.

Question 2.
Discuss the objectives of our Constitution as embodied in the Preample.
Answer:
Following are the objectives of our constitution as given in the Preamble.

  • Justice-social, political and economic.
  • Liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship,
  • Equality of status and opportunity, and
  • Fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the Unity of the Nation.

Question 3.
Explain the term Republic.
Answer:
The word ‘Republic’ means that the head of the state shall be an elected one for a fixed tenure. India is Republic. The President of India is indirectly elected by the representatives of the people for a period of five years. He can even be impeached and removed from office before the expiry of five years.

Question 4.
Explain the term Fraternity.
Answer:
The dictionary meaning of the term Fraternity is “brotherhood’. Without fraternity, liberty and equality are meaningless. It was the main slogan of the French revolution. The Preamble of the Indian Constitution lays special stress upon the promotion of fellow¬feeling among the people of India. Unless the people become a community of interests, their cohesion into the nation is not possible.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Which two important words were incorporated in the Preamble of the Indian Constitution through the 42nd amendment?
Answer:

  1. Socialist
  2. Secular.

Question 2.
Which three aspects of the Indian Constitution are reflected in the Preamble?
Answer:

  1. What is the source of Constitutional power?
  2. What is the nature of Indian Political System?
  3. What are the objectives of the Constitution?

Question 3.
Mention any one feature of Indian Political System.
Answer:
India is a sovereign democrats republic.

Question 4.
Write down any one objective of the Indian constitution mentioned in the Preamble.
Answer:
All citizens of India should get justice.

Question 5.
How is India a Republic?
Answer:
In India, the head of the executive is President who is indirectly elected by an electoral college for a period of five years. So India is a Republic.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Question 6.
Who has called the Preamble to Indian Constitution as the ‘Political Horoscope’? Was he a member of Constituent Assembly?
Answer:
K.M. Munshi called the Preamble as the political horoscope. He was member of the Constituent Assembly.

Question 7.
What was India declared in the Original Preamble of the Indian Constitution?
Answer:
The Original (Unamended) Preamble of the Indian Constitution declared India as a Sovereign, Democratic, Republic.

Question 8.
Mention the kinds of Justipe included in the Preamble of the Constitution.
Answer:
The object of the Constitution is that all the citizens of India should get Justice in every sphere of life. In the preamble the idea of achieving Social, Economic and Political Justice for all has been mentioned.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Fill in the blanks

1. The …………………… is a summary of the objective and the basic Philosophy of a Constitution.
Answer:
Preamble

2. The Indian …………………… begins with a Preamble.
Answer:
Constitution

3. The preamble is based on the ‘Objective Resolution’ moved by …………………… on Dec. 9, 1946.
Answer:
Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru

4. The preamble Proclaims India is a Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic …………………… state.
Answer:
Republic

5. The preamble assures the people of India Justice-social …………………… and potitical.
Answer:
Economic.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

True or False statement

1. The preamble helps us in understanding the basic philosophy of the Indian Constitution.
Answer:
True

2. The preamble expresses in a very clear language that foreigner are the ultimate source of all authority.
Answer:
False

3. India is a Sovereign State.
Answer:
True

4. India is a Secular State.
Answer:
True

5. India is not a Republican State.
Answer:
False

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Preamble of Indian Constitution begins with these words:
(A) People’s Sovereignty
(B) Republic of India
(C) Democratic India
(D) We the people of India.
Answer:
(D) We the people of India.

Question 2.
Which amendment of the Constitution added the Words ‘Socialist’ and ‘ Secular* in the Preamble?
(A) 44th amendment
(B) 42nd amendment
(C) 46th amendment
(D) 50th amendment.
Answer:
(B) 42nd amendment

Question 3.
What is the meaning of: ‘We, the people of India’?
(A) That the people of India are direct rulers of the country
(B) That the ultimate sovereignty is vested with the people
(C) None of these.
Answer:
(B) That the ultimate sovereignty is vested with the people

Question 4.
Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) India is a Sovereign, Socialist, Republic
(B) India is a Sovereign, Democratic, Monarchic state
(C) India is a. Sovereign, Democratic Republic.
(D) India is a .Sovereign, Social, Secular, Democratic Republic.
Answer:
(D) India is a .Sovereign, Social, Secular, Democratic Republic.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 17 Preamble to the Indian Constitution

Question 5.
Who called Preamble ‘Political Horoscope’?
(A) K.M. Munshi
(B) Pt. Jawahar Lai Nehru
(C) Dr. Ambedkar
(D) Dr. Rajendra Prasad.
Answer:
(A) K.M. Munshi

Question 6.
Objectives of the Constitution is:
(A) Justice
(B) Liberty
(C) Equality
(D) All the above.
Answer:
(D) All the above.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 11th Class Political Science Book Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 11 Political Science Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What are the different ways in which the Judiciary is organised?
Answer:
There are three methods of organizing the judiciary which are as under:
1. Election by the people.
2. Election by the legislature.
3. Appointment by the executive.

1. Election by the People:
Under this method the judges like the members of the legislature and the executive are elected by the people. In some States of U.S.A. and Switzerland this method has been adopted. But this method is considered as defective. A popularly elected judge can never remain independent, impartial and honest. Laski says that of all the methods of appointment of judges, the method of popular election of judges is the most defective.

Firstly, the people are not wise enough to judge the qualities of a person whom they elect, to be the judge. Secondly, the judges will be elected on the basis of political parties. Thirdly, he cannot perform his duties sincerely because he will do everything to secure his re-election. Fourthly, to get elected he will make use of so many corrupt practices. A judge elected through popular election cannot deliver the goods properly.

2. Election by the Legislature:
In certain States the judges are elected by the legislature of the State. This system prevails in Russia, Switzerland and certain States of U.SAL. The judges elected this way cannot be impartial and honest. The judges will remain under the influence of the political parties. This method is also not without defects.

3. Appointment by the Executive:
Appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges. It prevails in Great Britain, dominions as well as the federal government of U.S.A. and some states of U.SA. and in India also. Though political considerations play a part in making the selection, But once appointed the judges are independent and are not under the influence of the executive. The method makes way for the independence of the judiciary.

The executive is considered to be best qualified agency for the appointment of trained and skilled lawyers to the post of the judges. The executive should appoint the judges in consultation with the Chief Justice or the Public Service Commission. A judge who is appointed on the basis of merit will always be impartial and independent. He will not do anything under pressure.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Question 2.
Discuss the importance and functions of Judiciary in a modern state.
Or
Describe in brief the functions of the Judiciary.
Answer:
Judiciary is the third organ of the government. This organ is no less important than the other two. Its function is to do justice. The judiciary punishes all those people who break the law. It decides the disputes which arise between the State and the citizens. Peace in the State can only be established if the disputes of the people are decided peacefully. The judiciary plays a very important role in maintaining peace in the State.

Importance of Judiciary:
Justice is the very foundation of the State. Without the judicial organ there can be no State worth the name. Its function is to interpret the laws, to apply them to individual cases of the criminals, to defend the innocent. Protection of the rights of citizens is impossible without the courts of law. In the words of Lord Bryce, “There is no better test of excellence of a government than the efficiency of its judicial system.” The judiciary is rightly called the shield of innocence and the guardian of civil rights.

In the modem State the judiciary plays an important role. In dictatorship the judiciary is subordinate to the executive. In the past also the executive branch of the government controlled the judicial branch. In Cuba even now-a-days the judiciary renders every possible assistance to the executive and those who challenge the authority of the executive are punished by the judiciary. But in a democratic State the judiciary enjoys a different place.

It punishes the law breakers and does not permit the legislature and the executive to misuse the powers. It saves the people from the excesses of the government. An individual can move the court if the executive does something wrong to him. J.R. Marriott is of the view that justice delayed is justice denied. If the justice is delayed and the justice is not really done to the people, then the life and property of the people cannot be safe. According to Gamer, “We cannot imagine a State in the absence of judiciary.”

Functions Of Judiciary:
The main function of the judiciary is to decide all those disputes which come before it. Besides deciding disputes, the judiciary is to perform so many other functions also. All those functions are given as below:

1. Decision of Disputes:
The judiciary applies the existing law to individual cases. It is not concerned with the question whether the existing law is good or bad, just or unjust, so long as it is on the statute book, the judiciary will punish those who break it. The cases which come before the judges are normally of two kinds-civil and criminal.

The appeals against the decisions of the lower courts can be made to the higher courts. Military courts deal with those persons who are guilty of the breach of military discipline. The cases of the labour are settled by the labour tribunals. The judiciary decides cases according to the law of the land. When a person is accused of violating any provision of law, he is usually brought before one of the courts. The judges hear the evidence, and decide whether he is guilty or not.

2. Interpretation of Laws:
The laws are framed by the legislature and are enforced by the executive. Sometimes the people are not clear about the meaning of certain provisions of the laws. Each word denotes so many meanings and everybody interprets those words in such a way as it suits his own interests.

Such terms, clauses and words are to be interpreted by the judiciary. The interpretation given by the judiciary is always considered to be the correct and a just one. This interpretation of the law is accepted all over the country. The judiciary also interprets the Constitution of the State. While interpreting the Constitution the judiciary keeps in view the objects for which the legislature had made a particular provision.

3. Making of Laws:
If the law is not clear or the law does not cover the case, the judges have to decide the meaning of the law or create new law. The decision given by the High Court is binding on lower courts when dealing with similar cases. The judges add flesh and blood to the dry bones of law by their interpretations and judgments.

The U.S. Supreme Court has done a lot in this respect. It has removed all the flaws and filled all the gaps of the original Constitution. In certain cases the judge is guided by his common sense and tries to arrive at a fair judgement. Such a judgement serves as a precedent for other judges. It is called: a judge-made law.

4. Protection of Fundamental Rights of the Citizens:
In the modem democratic States, the citizens are granted many fundamental rights. These rights are very essential for the development of an individual personality. These fundamental rights are to be protected so that the executive or the legislature may not violate them.

Fundamental rights can only be Properly protected by the judiciary. If the legislature in India makes a law which is opposed to fundamental rights or the executive issues an order which is a sheer violation of the fundamental rights of the citizens, the judiciary can reject such an order. It is the sacred duty of the judiciary to safeguard the fundamental rights of the people.

5. Protection of the Constitution:
Judiciary sometimes acts as the guardian of the Constitution. In the States having rigid Constitution, the different legislative bodies in the State are working within the constitutional limit. In the States having rigid and a federal Constitution the judiciary possesses the right to declare an act of the legislature or the executive as unconstitutional or ultravires, if it is beyond the authority of the legislature or the executive. The power belongs to the Supreme Courts of U.S.A. and India.

6. Advisory Functions:
The courts in some countries give advisory opinion when requested to do so by the interested persons or by the executive or the legislature. In England the practice to request a court to give a declaratory judgement is very common. The Crown sometimes asks the judicial committee of the Privy Council to give its advisory opinion upon questions of law.

In India the President may ask the opinion of the Supreme Court on the question of law. The heads of the department can also seek the advice of the judges on some great political issues having some legal implications. The advisory opinion of the judges is however not binding on them.

7. Other Functions:
Judiciary also performs such functions as are not strictly judicial in character but they are performed by the courts on grounds of economy and convenience. It appoints receivers of bankrupt bodies, manages the estates of deceased persons, appoints guardians and trustees, naturalises aliens, grants certain licences, performs marriages and appoints certain officials. In India the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court administers the oath of the office to the President of India. In certain States the judges hold investigations into certain matters.

Sidgwick says, “In determining a nation’s rank in political civilization no test is more decisive than the degree in which justice as defined by a law is actually realised in its judicial administration.”

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Question 3.
What is meant by Independence of Judiciary? How can it be secured?
Answer:
Meaning of Independence of Judiciary:
Judiciary is an important organ of the government. Its main function is to apply the existing laws to the individual cases and to administer justice. Protection of the rights of the people is not possible without courts of law. It is very essential that there should be a judicial department to ascertain and decide rights, to punish crimes, and to protect the innocent from injury. The judiciary in a civilized State must be independent.

Independence of judiciary means that it should be efficient, honest and impartial in giving its judgement. It should be free from any outside control of the executive or the legislature. The judge should be free to decide cases according to law in a bold and fearless manner. He should be granted independence of judicial tenure so that he should be able to administer justice with impartiality and according to law.

Importance:
Independence of judiciary is essential in every civilized State as only then justice can be given and individual rights can be safeguarded from their violation by government officers. Without an independent judiciary, efficient and impartial justice is impossible. In case the judges are partial and timid, peace and order situation in the State will dome to the lowest ebb. The life and liberty of each individual will not be safe.

An impartial judiciary can provide right and speedy justice. Justice delayed means justice denied. In the absence of independent judiciary, individual liberty is in danger. Judiciary is to act as the guardian of the law and rights of the people. It is to protect rights from encroachment by private individuals or by the government and this can be possible only if the judiciary enjoys independence. Moreover, the only way to fight against executive high-handedness and interference is through an independent judiciary.

The judiciary must be free from the control of the legislature and the executive. In the absence of independent judiciary the Constitution would become a plaything in the hands of contending parties in countries with a rigid Constitution such as U.S.A. or India. The judiciary plays the role of the guardian of the Constitution.

It declares illegal any law passed by the legislature or any order issued by executive if it goes against some provisions of the Constitution. It keeps the executive and the legislature within their proper limits. According to the U.S. President Taft, the judiciary should remain impartial in all matters whether it is between the minority community and the majority community or between the strong and the weak.

Factors Which Establish Independence Of Judiciary:
1. Appointment of Judges:
Only those judges can remain independent who are appointed on the basis of merit. If the appointments of the judges are made unjustly or on recommendation, the judiciary can never remain independent. The judge will always remain under the influence of the appointing authority. There are three methods for making appointments of the judges:
(i) Election by the people.
(ii) Election by the legislature.
(iii) Appointment by the executive.

(i) Some people are of the opinion that the judges like the members of the legislature and the executive should also be elected by the people. In some States of U.S.A. and Switzerland this method has been adopted. But this method is considered defective. A popularly elected judge can never remain independent, impartial and honest.

(ii) In certain States the judges are elected by the legislature of the State. This system prevails in Russia, Switzerland and certain States of U.S.A. The judges elected in this way cannot be impartial and honest. The judges will remain under the influence of the political parties. This method is also not without defects.

(iii) Appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges. It prevails in Great Britain and the British dominions as well as in the federal government of U.S.A. and some States of U.S.A. and in India also.

2. Security of Service:
The judges can remain independent only when they enjoy – security of service. The judges should not be afraid of losing their job. They should feel quite safe about their post. If any other organ has the right to remove a judge from the post, the judge cannot remain impartial and Just.

A judge won’t be able to deliver a decision against that person or persons who has/have the authority to remove the judge. No judge would like to put his job at stake. Therefore the judge would not be removed from the post so far as he is performing his duties honestly and sincerely. The executive should not be given the power to remove judges. But it does not mean that a judge can do whatever he likes, and his services cannot be terminated before he reaches the age of retirement.

This may lead to the misuse of authority by the judge. The method of removal of judges should be difficult. The judges of the Supreme Court of India can be removed only if both the Houses of the Parliament pass a resolution by a two-thirds majority. The judiciary can remain independent only if the method of the removal of the judges is not an easy one.

3. Tenure of Office:
The tenure of office of the judges should be sufficiently long. Almost in all the countries the tenure of the office of the judges is longer as compared to that of other government servants. There are so many reasons for the same. If the judges are appointed for a short period they cannot be honest. They will try to amass more and more wealth during this short span of time because they are not sure whether they will be able or not to earn their livelihood after the retirement. A long tenure is also good because a judge gains experience and comes to know about the technicalities of law. An experienced judge will do better justice. In U.S.A. a judge can continue on the post till life. In India the judges of the supreme court retires at the age of sixty-five.

4. Good Salary:
The judges should be paid a very handsome salary and then only they can remain impartial and honest. Financial difficulties may make a judge corrupt. If the judges are not paid decently they won’t be able to meet their needs properly. With a meagre salary the judges cannot maintain a good standard of living. The judges are to decide cases involving huge amounts and in such cases they can be tempted to accept bribe. If the judges accept illegal gratification, they cannot remain impartial. At present the Chief Justice of India is paid a salary of Rs. 2,80,000 per month and other Judges Rs. 2,50,000 per month.

5. Free from Economic Worries:
Besides giving good salary to the judges, two more things should be taken notice of. Their salary should be safe and secure. So far as the judge is in service his salary should not be reduced. The judges should be paid pension after retirement so that they are not worried about their livelihood after the retirement. If the judges are not given old age pension then they may use corrupt means to amass wealth for the old age. The economic condition of the judge should be quite sound so that he is never worried about his economic lot. If the judge is free from economic worries he will never go corrupt.

6. Qualifications:
For maintaining the independence of judiciary it is quite essential that the judges should be appointed on merit. The appointment of the judges should be based on certain definite qualifications. The judges should have a thorough knowledge of law. If the knowledge of law for the appointment of judges is not made compulsory, then people not having the knowledge of law may be appointed for the job.

We cannot expect justice from such judges. In India only that person can become the judge of the Supreme Court who either has served as a High Court Judge for a period of five years or has been an advocate of the High Court for a period of 10 years or is a distinguished jurist in the eyes of the President of India. Experience tells us that only the experienced advocates become good judges.

7. Separation from the executive:
The judiciary should be kept free from the influence of the executive. The judiciary should enjoy the power of performing functions which concern the executive. If the judiciary is under the executive or both the judicial and executive powers are in the same hands then the judges cannot remain impartial.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Which method do you think is the best for the appointment of the Judges?
Answer:
Among various methods of appointment of judges appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges. It prevails in Great Britain, dominions as well as the federal government of U.S.A. and some states of U.S.A. and in India also.

Though political considerations play a part in making the selection, when once appointed the judges are independent and are not under the influence of the executive. The method makes way for the independence of the judiciary. The executive is considered to be best qualified agency for the appointment of trained and skilled lawyers to the post of the judges. The executive should appoint the judges in consultation with the Chief Justice or the Public Service Commission. A judge who is appointed on the basis of merit will always be impartial and independent. He will not do anything under pressure.

Question 2.
Explain the main functions of the Judiciary.
Answer:
The main important functions of the Judiciary are as follow:
1. Decision of Disputes:
The main function of judiciary is to decide disputes of the citizens. It decides all those cases which are brought before it. The cases which come before the judges are normally of two kinds-civil and criminal.

2. Interpretation of Laws: The judiciary interprets the law and interpretation given by the judiciary is final.

3. Advisory Functions:
In certain countries the judiciary performs advisory functions also. The President of India can seek the advice of the supreme court in any matter, but the executive is not bound to abide by the advice of the judiciary.

4. Protection of Fundamental Rights:
It is the sacred duty of the judiciary to safeguard the fundamental rights of the people. If the legislature makes a law which is opposed to fundamental rights of the citizens or the executive issues an order against fundamental rights, the judiciary can such an order.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Question 3.
What is the meaning of Independence of Judiciary?
Answer:
The judiciary in a civilised State must be independent. Independence of judiciary means that it should be efficient, honest and control of executive or the legislature. The judge should be free to decide cases according to law in a bold and fearless manner. He should be granted independence of judicial tenure so that he should be able to administer justice with impartiality and according to law.

Question 4.
Discuss the factors which establish Independence of Judiciary.
Answer:
The following factors are essential for establishing an independent judiciary in a state:
1. Appointment of Judges:
There are three methods for making appointments of the judges. But the appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges. Only those judges can remain independent who are appointed on the basis of merit.

2. Security of Service:
The judges can remain independent only when they enjoy security of service. The Judges should not be afraid of losing their job. They should feel quite safe about their post.

3. Tenure of Office:
The tenure of office of the judges should be sufficiently long. If the judges are appointed for a short period they cannot be honest. A long tenure is good for better justice.

4. Good Salary:
The judges should be paid a very handsome salary and then only they can remain impartial and honest. Financial difficulties may make a judge corrupt.

5. Qualifications:
For maintaining the independence of judiciary it is quite essential that the judges should be appointed on merit. The judges should have a thorough knowledge of law. Experience tells that only the experienced advocates become good judges.

Question 5.
Discuss .the relationship between Judiciary and Executive.
Answer:
Though in many democratic countries Judiciary is separated from the executive, yet there is a close relation between the two. In India, U.S.A. U.K. etc. judges are appointed by the executive. In some countries the executive is permitted to consult judges and seek advisory opinion of the Courts on constitutional questions. In India, the President has power to consult the Supreme Court. Chief executive is generally exempted from the jurisdiction of the Court so long as he remains in office.

But the subordinates of the chief executive are not exempted from the jurisdiction of the judiciary. Because the chief executive has to carry on administration largely through the subordinates, the judiciary has indirectly a large measure of control on the activities of the executive. In certain countries executive is given the prerogative of pardon. In India, the President has a power to grant pardon. Neither the executive should be given supreme authority nor the executive should be controlled by the Judiciary.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Question 6.
Discuss the relationship of Judiciary and Legislature.
Answer:
The main function of the legislature is to make laws and the judiciary interprets and applies-these laws to specific cases. But sometimes one usurps the functions of the other, and as such has some controlling influence on its activities. In certain countries the judiciary.possesses the right to declare an act of the legislature as unconstitutional or ultravires, if it is beyond the authority of the legislature. In U.S.A. and in India, Judiciary is really the guardian of the Constitution.

Moreover, the judiciary by its interpretation of law and constitution creates new law. The interpretation given by the judiciary is always considered to be correct and just one. In almost all the states the legislature enjoys certain judicial functions. In India and in U.S A. judges can be impeached by the legislature. In Canada even the divorce cases ar,e heard by the legislature. In Switzerland, the parliament enjoys the right of pardoning criminals.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Explain the main functions of the Judiciary.
Answer:
1. Decision of Disputes:
The main function of judiciary is to decide disputes of the citizens. It decides all those cases which are brought before it. The cases which come before the judges are normally of two kinds-civil and criminal.

2. Interpretation of laws: The judiciary interprets the law and interpretation given by the judiciary is final.

Question 2.
What is the meaning of Independence of Judiciary?
Answer:
The judiciary in a civilised State must be independent. Independence of judiciary means that it should be efficient, honest and control of executive or the legislature. The judge should be free to decide cases according to law in a bold and fearless manner.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Question 3.
Discuss any two factors which establish Independence of Judiciary.
Answer:
The following factors are essential for establishing an independent judiciary in a state:
1. Appointment of Judges: There are three methods for making appointments of the judges. But the appointment by the executive is most common and most satisfactory method for the choice of the judges.

2. Security of Service: The judges can remain independent only when they enjoy security of service. The Judges should not be afraid of losing their job. They should feel quite safe about their post.

One Word to One Sentence Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Write down any one function of Judiciary.
Answer:
The main function of Judiciary is to decide disputes of the citizens.

Fill in the blanks:

1. The …………………….. interprets the Constitution of the state.
Answer:
Judiciary.

True or False statement:

1. Independent Judiciary is important to make democracy successful.
Answer:
True.

Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
In which of the following state Judiciary is having power of Judicial Review?
(A) China
(B) U.S.A.
(B) England
(D) Japan.
Answer:
(B) U.S.A.

PSEB 11th Class Political Science Solutions Chapter 16 Organs of Government: Judiciary

Question 2.
In which of the Allowing state Judiciary is Independent:
(A) China
(B) North Korea
(C) India
(D) Iraq.
Answer:
(C) India

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

by

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Grammar Prepositions Exercise Questions and Answers, Notes.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

Fill in the blanks with suitable Prepositions :

(A) The dowry system degenerated (1) ……… an evil custom. It became necessary (2) ……… the parents (3)……… girls to give a good dowry ……… (4) their daughters. The married life (5) ……… a girl depended (6) ……… the size (7)…….. the dowry. A successful and happy married life became impossible (8)…….. the absence (9)…….. a handsome dowry. Newspapers are full (10) reports carrying tales (11)……..brides being burnt (12) …….. death or driven (13) …….. hang themselves because (14) …….. constant nagging by their in-laws.
Answer:
1. into, 2. for, 3. of, 4. to, 5. of, 6. on, 7. of, 8. in, 9. of, 10. of, 11. of, 12. to, 13. to, 14. of.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

(B) Cricket is a game known …….. (1) its wonderful glories. It is, popular (2) …….. men and women (3) …….. all ages. People used to go to see a cricket test match (4) …….. thousands. They used to see a match (5)…….. five days. Many a time, the match would end (6) …….. a draw. But things have changed (7) …….. the introduction (8) ……..one-day matches. This kind …….. (9) cricket has certainly caught the fancy …….. (10) the people. There is no need to wait ……..(11) five days now (12)…….. the outcome (13)…….. the match. A match is now decided (14) …….. the same day.
Answer:
1. for, 2. among, 3. of, 4. in, 5. for, 6. in, 7. with, 8. of, 9. of, 10. of, 11. for, 12. for, 13. of, 14. on.

(C) In modern times, books are being published (1) …….. very large numbers (2) …….. all subjects under the sun. It is not possible (3) ……..a man to read all (4) …….. them. Reading gives us a lot (5) …….. pleasure. Books delight and educate (6) …….. the same time. The Gita gives us a message (7) …….. universal brotherhood. It tells us that a man should go on doing his duty without worrying (8)…….. the results.
Answer:
1. in, 2. on, 3. for, 4. of, 5. of, 6. at, 7. of, 8. about.

(D) It is (1) …….. the very nature (2) …….. adversity to bring out the best (3) …….. man, develop his latent abilities and lead him (4) …….. a path (5)…….. prosperity and progress. The history (6) …….. the world is the story (7)…….. the survival (8) …….. the fittest. In the course of time,man, through his heroic struggle against the adverse circumstances, came out (9) …….. the forest, changed the face (10) the universe and landed (11) …….. the moon.
Answer:
1. in, 2. of, 3. in, 4. to, 5. of,6. of, 7. of, 8. of, 9. of, 10. of, 11. on.

(E) Mr. Blacksmith is known (1) …….. me. Once we met (2) …….. a garden. (3) …….. there, he took me (4) …….. his apartment. I was astonished to see his capabilities as a journalist. I just had a look (5) …….. his face. He was trying to prove his position. He was really a man (6) …….. letters but unfortunately he was blind (7) ……..one eye. I looked (8) …….. the portrait (9) …….. a lady hanging (10) …….. the wall. I went to take a round (11) …….. his house and I saw a family photograph. Mr. Blacksmith was sitting (12). ……. his wife and son (13) the photograph. After spending some time (14) …….. him, I came back home.
Answer:
1. to, 2. in, 3. From, 4. to, 5. at 6. of, 7. in, 8. at, 9. of, 10. on, 11. of, 12. with, 13. in, 14. with.

(F) Life is not a bed (1) …….. roses but a bed (2) ……..thorns. Those who understand the reality (3)…….. life are winners, not losers. One has to go (4) …….. a lot (5) …….. trials and tribulations (6) …….. taking a right decision or (7) ……. making a right choice. God has given us tremendous power to think and decide. But most (8) …….. us are ignorant (9) …….. our capabilities. We should not underestimate ourselves and move (10) …….. the destination (11) …….. any doubts or fears. This behaviour will lead us (12) …….. greater heights.
Answer:
1. of, 2. of, 3. of, 4. through, 5. of, 6. in 7. for 8. of 9. of 10. towards 11. without 12. to.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

(G) Translation is an art. Good translation is the result. (1) …….. practice and patience. It requires skill to translate words and ideas (2)…….. one language (3)……..another. Literal translation (4) …….. a sentence sometimes spoils the spirit (5) …….. the language and sounds funny. Ope should translate words and ideas (6)…….. precision. It is essential to be equally well-versed (7) …….. both the languages.
Answer:
1. of 2. of 3. into 4. of 5. of 6. with 7. in.

(H) Positive thoughts are the wings (1) …….. success. One should always look (2) …….. the positive side (3) …….. life. We should not let negative thoughts come (4) …….. our mind, Everybody should have this approach (5) …….. life. Always hope (6)…….. the best and believe (7) …….. God. He is always there to take care (8) …….. His children. God is too great to ask (9) …….. the price (10) …….. the gifts He has bestowed (11)…….. us.
Answer:
1. of 2. at 3. of 4. into 5. to 6. for 7. in 8. of 9. for 10. of 11. on.

(I) First and foremost (1)……..the blessings of civilization are order and safety. We should not quarrel (2) …….. each other. In disputes (3) …….. man and man, right has taken the place (4) …….. might. Law protects us (5) …….. robbery and violence. Nobody can come and break (6) our house, steal our goods or run off (7) …….. our children. Many of us act (8) …….. thinking. This habit has injured the feelings (9)…….. many and has turned friends (10) …….. enemies.
Answer:
1.of 2. with 3. between 4. of 5. from 6. into 7. with 8. without 9. of 10. into.

(J) Dreams have been the topic (1) …….. discussion (2) …….. men (3) …….. centuries. The fact cannot be denied that dreams are far (4) reality but (5) …….. the same time, they open up (6) …….. us a facet (7)……..our personality (8) …….. which we did not know earlier. Dreams take us (9) a world which is more like a Utopia. Some people are (10) …….. the habit (11) …….. daydreaming. They find themselves lost (12) …….. dreams most (13) …….. the time. One must not blind oneself (14) …….. the reality.
Answer:
1. of 2. with 3. for 4. from 5. at 6. before 7. of 8. of 9. into 10. in 11. of 12. in 13. of 14. from.

ऐसे शब्द को Preposition कहा जाता है जो स्थान (place), दिशा (direction), साधन (source), विधि (method), आदि का बोध कराने के लिए किसी Noun अथवा Pronoun से पहले लगाया गया हो; जैसे. In the room; towards the city; through the forest; by all means; into the well; beside me; between us, आदि

The Use Of Some Prepositions

(1) At का प्रयोग छोटे नगरों तथा गांवों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।
In का प्रयोग बड़े नगरों, प्रान्तों और देशों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।

1. Mohan lives at Kathua.
2. She was born at Batote.
3. The last Olympic Games were held in Beijing.
4. There are many film studios in Mumbai.

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

(2) On का प्रयोग तिथियों तथा दिनों के नामों के साथ किया जाता है।
In का प्रयोग महीनों तथा वर्षों के लिए किया जाता है।
At का प्रयोग Point of Time के लिए किया जाता है।

1. I shall go to Delhi on Sunday.
2. Our examination begins on 24th July.
3. Rains started in July.
4. His grandfather died in 2005.
5. We had tea at 5 o’clock.
6. He came at the right time.

(3) In और At के निम्नलिखित समय-सम्बन्धी प्रयोग याद रखिए
In the morning At noon
In the evening At night
In the afternoon At dawn

(4) Between का प्रयोग दो व्यक्तियों । स्थानों । वस्तुओं / आदि के लिए किया जाता है।
Among का प्रयोग दो से अधिक व्यक्तियों । स्थानों । वस्तुओं / आदि के लिए किया जाता है।
1. The two brothers quarrelled between themselves.
2. The three brothers quarrelled among themselves.

(5) In स्थिरता (rest) को प्रकट करता है। ..
Into अन्दर की ओर गति (motion) को प्रकट करता है।
1. He was sitting in the room.
2. The fox fell into the well.

(6) On स्थिरता (rest) को प्रकट करता है।
Upon ऊपर की ओर गति (motion) को, प्रकट करता है
1. The book is on the table.
2. The cat jumped upon the table.

(7) With उस यन्त्र (instrument) की ओर संकेत करता है जिसका प्रयोग कोई काम करने के लिए किया
By काम करने वाले (doer) की ओर सकेत करता है
1. He beat his servant with a stick.
2. The book was written by me.

(8) Beside = निकट,असंगत
Besides = के अतिरिक्त
1. She came and sat beside me.
2. Your answer is beside the mark.
3. I have three other pens besides this.

(9) Since तथा For का प्रयोग Perfect Tense के बाद किया जाता है।
from का प्रयोग किसी भी Tense के बाद किय जाता है
Since और From का प्रयोग point of time के लिए किया जाता है।

For का प्रयोग period of time के लिए किया जाता है।
Since का प्रयोग केवल भूतकाल के सम्बन्ध में ही किया जा सकता है।
From और For का प्रयोग किसी भी काल के लिए किया जा सकता है।

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

1. He has been ill since Monday last.
2. This timetable has been in force since August.
3. He studied English from the age of ten.
4. This timetable will come in force from Monday.
5. I have been ill for five days.

Fill in the blanks with suitable Prepositions :

(A)
1. How did you come ……….. this ring ?
2. He has no taste ……….. music.
3. She is sick ……….. your company.
4. It is ……….. my power to help you.
5. Radha takes ……….. her mother.
6. He is not attending ……….. his lesson.
7. He jumped ……….. the river.
8. He is well known me.
9. He was shocked ……….. his failure.
10. The silly fellow takes delight ……… the sufferings of others.
Answer:
(A) 1. by 2 for 3. of 4. within 5. after 6. to 7. into 8. to 9. at 10. in.

(B)
1. The Minister gave …… the prizes.
2. He is fully qualified …… this job.
3. My office is …… a stone’s throw from my house.
4. He is a fool …… the firs ……the pupils
the value of discipline. ……
6. What is the time …… your watch ?
7. He was accused …… smuggling.
8. He agreed …… my proposal,
9. Remind him …… his promise.
10. He has disposed his scooter.
Answer:
(B) 1, away 2. for 3. at 4. of 5. upon 6. by 7. of 8. to 9. of 10. of

(C)
1. He died …… overwork.
2. He is fond …… books.
3. I prefer tea …… coffee.
4. There is no delight …… teasing others.
5. She is sorry to part…… her friends.
6. Will you stand …… me in trouble ?
7. Let us hope …… the best.
8. Monika is gifted …… a sweet voice.
9. The Principal received the guests …… the gate.
10. I was able to see …… his trick.
Answer:
1. from 2. of 3. to 4. in 5. from 6. by 7. for 8. with 9. at 10. through.

(D)
1. The patient died …… a serious illness.
2. She is very weak …… English.
3. Rajinder is related …… me.
4. The train arrived late …… 30 minutes.
5. Agra is famous ……..its historical buildings.
6. This pen is superior …… that one.
7. She is proud …… her beauty.
8. I caught him …… the ear.
9. She aims …… becoming a good doctor.
10. We go to school …… education.
Answer:
(D) 1. of 2. in 3. to 4.by 5. for 6 to 7. o18. by 9. at 10. for

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

(E)
1. She is blind …… one eye.
2. She is fond……music.
3. He prefers tea …… coffee but his father likes coffee more …… tea.
4. Ram went…… the room.
5. The pen is …… the table.
6. I had an interview …… the Head master.
7. This book is full…… errors.
8. He is junior …… me.
9. I am in favour …… a change.
10. This book is more interesting …… that one.
Answer:
1. in 2. of 3. to, than 4. into 5. of 6. with 7. of 8. to 9. of 10. than.

(F)
1. He was given a grand party on the eve …… his retirement.
2. He invited me …… tea.
3. His house is situated …… front of the post office.
4. I go to school…… ten.
5. Water …… this well is dirty.
6. We go …… office every day.
7. I shall return …… a month.
8. Rita is standing …… the door.
9. He ran …… the room.
10. I bought the book …… a low price.
Answer:
1. of 2. to 3. in 4. at 5. of 6. to 7. in & at 9. into 10, at.

(G)
1. He worked …… a long time.
2. The cat is sitting …… the table.
3. I returned from Delhi …… a month.
4. He is blind …… his shortcomings.
5. Always hope …… the best.
6. He acceeded …… my request.
7. He deals …… sugar.
8. He is blessed …… a son.
9. I have made …… my deficiency in ……
10. He was accused …… theft.
Answer:
1. for 2. under 3. after 4, to 5. for 6. to 7. in 8. with 9.up 10. of

PSEB 10th Class English Grammar Prepositions

(H)
1. He died …… his country.
2. The river abounds …… fish.
3. A drowning man catches …… a straw.
4. He is open …… conviction.
5. She has no sympathy …… you.
6. Her activities are beneficial …… society.
7. He is not deaf …… your entreaty.
8. It has been drizzling …… Monday.
9. He is not ashamed this.
10. They travel …… horseback.
Answer:
1. for 2. in / with 3. at 4. to 5. for 6. to 7. to 8. since 9. of 10. on.